{"title":"Fluke, Plow, Mushroom \u0026 Claw Anchors","description":null,"products":[{"product_id":"gen3-marine-8-fluke-anchor-9-lb-hot-dipped-galvanized-danforth-style-boat-anchor-for-17-to-22-boats","title":"Gen3 Marine HDG Galvanized Fluke Anchor #8, 8.75 lb, for Boats 17-22 Feet","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Gen3 Marine #8 HDG Galvanized Fluke Anchor delivers the traditional, trusted holding power of a Danforth-style fluke anchor for boats 17 feet to 22 feet in length. Its hot dipped galvanized finish resists corrosion in marine environments, while the wide flukes dig into mud and sand to provide a strong, dependable hold. The fluke design is engineered so the anchor will not roll once it is set, giving you more control of your vessel while at anchor. This anchor is best suited to mud and sand bottoms; for best performance, avoid grassy, rocky, or clay bottoms where fluke-style anchors get less reliable purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWeighing 8.75 pounds, this #8 size Fluke Anchor is sized for boats in the 17 to 22 foot range, making it a solid primary or backup anchor for that class of vessel. The galvanized coating is applied for long-term durability against saltwater and freshwater exposure, so the anchor holds up to repeated use season after season.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gen3 Marine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5-1004\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fluke (Danforth-style) Anchor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e #8\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hot Dipped Galvanized\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8.75 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eItem Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18 x 5 x 23 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBoat Length Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e 17 feet to 22 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Bottom Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mud and sand\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size boats is the Gen3 Marine #8 Fluke Anchor designed for?\u003c\/strong\u003e This #8 size Fluke Anchor from Gen3 Marine is designed for boats 17 feet to 22 feet in length.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does this anchor weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Gen3 Marine Fluke Anchor, part number 5-1004, weighs 8.75 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 5-1004 Fluke Anchor measures 18 x 5 x 23 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat finish does this anchor have?\u003c\/strong\u003e It has a hot dipped galvanized finish, which is applied to resist corrosion in both saltwater and freshwater environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat bottom types does this anchor work best on?\u003c\/strong\u003e Mud and sand bottoms give the best holding performance; grassy, rocky, or clay bottoms are not recommended for this fluke-style design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill this anchor roll once it is set?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, the Gen3 Marine Fluke Anchor is designed so it will not roll after it sets, which helps keep the vessel under control while anchored.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this a Danforth-style anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, part number 5-1004 uses the traditional fluke (Danforth-style) design with wide flukes for strong holding power.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the part number for this anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Gen3 Marine #8 Fluke Anchor is identified by part number 5-1004.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this anchor be used as a primary anchor or only as backup?\u003c\/strong\u003e Sized for boats 17 to 22 feet, the 5-1004 Fluke Anchor is suitable as either a primary or backup anchor for that boat class.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the galvanized coating hold up over time?\u003c\/strong\u003e The hot dipped galvanized finish on the 5-1004 anchor is intended to provide long-term corrosion resistance through repeated seasonal use in the water.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gen3 Marine","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48991655821531,"sku":"GEN-5-1004","price":58.12,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/41JM7FSranL.jpg?v=1784509459"},{"product_id":"gen3-marine-13-galvanized-fluke-anchor-14-lb-danforth-style-boat-anchor-for-23-27-ft-boats","title":"Gen3 Marine #13 Galvanized Fluke Anchor, 14.5 lb, for Boats 23 to 27 Feet","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Gen3 Marine #13 Fluke Anchor is a hot-dip galvanized boat anchor built with the traditional Danforth-style fluke design trusted by boaters for dependable holding power in mud and sand bottoms. The wide, hinged flukes dig in and bury themselves as tension is applied, generating a strong hold that keeps the anchor set even as wind and current shift. The hot-dip galvanized finish coats the anchor to resist corrosion in saltwater and freshwater environments, helping it hold up to repeated use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis #13 model is sized for boats 23 feet to 27 feet in length and weighs 14.5 pounds, putting it in the mid-size range of the Gen3 Marine fluke anchor lineup. Its fluke geometry is engineered so the anchor will not roll once set, giving the operator more consistent control of the vessel at anchor. For best holding performance, this anchor is best suited to mud and sand bottoms; it is not recommended for grassy, rocky, or clay bottoms, where fluke-style anchors generally struggle to penetrate and set.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Gen3 Marine #13 Fluke Anchor is a straightforward, no-frills ground tackle option for boaters who want a proven anchor style at the correct size and weight for their boat length.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gen3 Marine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5-1005\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnchor Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fluke (Danforth-style)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hot-Dip Galvanized\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Galvanized Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14.5 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 22 x 5.75 x 27 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Boat Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 23 feet to 27 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 810037461695\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size boat is the Gen3 Marine #13 Fluke Anchor (5-1005) designed for?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 5-1005 is sized for boats 23 feet to 27 feet in length.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does this anchor weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Gen3 Marine #13 Fluke Anchor weighs 14.5 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the 5-1005 anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e It measures 22 x 5.75 x 27 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat type of anchor is this?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is a fluke-style anchor, also known as a Danforth-style anchor, with hinged flukes designed to dig into the seabed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat finish does the Gen3 Marine 5-1005 anchor have?\u003c\/strong\u003e It has a hot-dip galvanized finish, which coats the anchor to resist corrosion in marine environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat bottom types does this anchor work best in?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 5-1005 Fluke Anchor holds best in mud and sand bottoms. For best performance, avoid grassy, rocky, or clay bottoms, where fluke anchors have difficulty setting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the anchor roll once it is set?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. The Gen3 Marine Fluke Anchor is designed so it will not roll once set, giving the boat operator more consistent control at anchor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the anchor part number?\u003c\/strong\u003e This anchor's part number is 5-1005, also listed as the #13 size in the Gen3 Marine fluke anchor lineup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this anchor made of steel?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the 5-1005 is a galvanized steel fluke anchor with a hot-dip galvanized coating.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the anchor come with rope or chain?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Gen3 Marine #13 Fluke Anchor (5-1005) is sold as the anchor only; rode, chain, and shackles are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gen3 Marine","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48991660376283,"sku":"GEN-5-1005","price":104.77,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/41JM7FSranL_37a93167-f026-45a1-a1e5-af27d4d794b9.jpg?v=1784509532"},{"product_id":"gen3-marine-painted-fluke-anchor-kit-for-jet-skis-pwcs-and-canoes-with-line-clip-and-storage-bag","title":"Gen3 Marine Painted Fluke Anchor Kit 5-1024 for PWC, Jet Skis, and Canoes with Line, Clip, and Storage Bag","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Gen3 Marine Painted Fluke Anchor Kit (part number 5-1024) is a complete anchoring solution built for personal watercraft, jet skis, and canoes. The fluke-style anchor head is finished with a painted, scratch-resistant coating that helps protect gelcoat and hull surfaces from marring during deployment and retrieval, making it a practical choice for anchoring at sandbars, coves, or overnight moorings. The anchor is constructed from metal for durable, long-lasting holding power in typical marine conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe kit is set up for fast, convenient use: the anchor line comes pre-spliced at one end directly to the anchor's eye, and pre-spliced at the other end to a clip that connects quickly to your watercraft's bow or anchor point, eliminating the need to tie knots on the water. An adjustable buoy is included to mark the anchor's position, and the whole kit packs into an included storage bag for easy transport and stowage when not in use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis anchor kit fits jet skis, PWCs, and canoes, and is finished in a yellow and black color scheme for visibility. Whether anchoring for a swim stop or securing a watercraft overnight, the Gen3 Marine Painted Fluke Anchor Kit offers a lightweight, ready-to-use anchoring setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gen3 Marine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5-1024\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnchor Style:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fluke-style\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yellow\/black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Metal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Painted, scratch-resistant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded Components:\u003c\/strong\u003e Painted fluke-style anchor, anchor line, clip, adjustable buoy, storage bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5.6 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Jet skis, PWCs, and canoes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat watercraft is the Gen3 Marine 5-1024 anchor kit designed for?\u003c\/strong\u003e This kit is designed for jet skis, personal watercraft, and canoes, giving smaller craft a secure, lightweight anchoring option.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included in the box with part number 5-1024?\u003c\/strong\u003e The kit includes a painted fluke-style anchor, an anchor line, a clip, an adjustable buoy, and a storage bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the anchor line attach to my watercraft?\u003c\/strong\u003e One end of the line is pre-spliced to the anchor's eye and the other end is pre-spliced to a clip, so you can connect it to your watercraft without tying knots.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the anchor made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Gen3 Marine 5-1024 anchor is made of metal with a painted finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy is the anchor painted instead of bare metal?\u003c\/strong\u003e The painted finish is scratch-resistant and helps protect your watercraft's hull or gelcoat from marring when the anchor is stowed or deployed near the boat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the anchor kit weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Gen3 Marine Painted Fluke Anchor Kit weighs 5.6 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is the 5-1024 anchor kit?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is finished in yellow and black.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs a storage bag included with this anchor kit?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, a storage bag is included for convenient transport and stowage when the anchor is not in use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the buoy used for in this kit?\u003c\/strong\u003e The included adjustable buoy marks the anchor's position on the surface so it is easier to locate and retrieve.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the 5-1024 anchor a fluke-style or Danforth-style anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Gen3 Marine 5-1024 anchor uses a fluke-style head, a design also commonly known as Danforth-style, which digs into sand or mud for secure holding.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this anchor kit be used on a canoe?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Gen3 Marine Painted Fluke Anchor Kit is sized and intended for use on canoes in addition to jet skis and PWCs.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gen3 Marine","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48991665488091,"sku":"GEN-5-1024","price":19.08,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/Untitled-1__39503.1763741644.500.750.jpg?v=1785164318"},{"product_id":"gen3-marine-13-galvanized-slip-ring-anchor-5-2-lb-for-boats-24-29-fluke-anchor-for-mud-and-sand","title":"Gen3 Marine #13 Galvanized Slip Ring Fluke Anchor, 5.2 lb, for Boats 24-29 Feet","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Gen3 Marine #13 Slip Ring Fluke Anchor is a galvanized steel anchor built for boaters who need reliable holding power in mud and sand without the frustration of a snagged anchor. Its slip-ring design lets the chain slide freely toward the fluke when you retrieve it, so anchors that would normally dig in and jam are far easier to break free and pull up. This makes it especially useful in areas where snagging on debris or hard bottom is a common problem.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe fluke-style head is engineered for quick penetration and a strong hold once set, giving boaters confidence when anchoring in shallow waters over soft bottom conditions like mud or sand. The galvanized steel construction provides lasting protection against corrosion from constant exposure to water and weather, helping the anchor hold up to repeated use season after season.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis #13 size anchor weighs 5.2 pounds and measures 18 x 3.25 x 21 inches, sized for boats 24 to 29 feet in length. It is a straightforward, no-frills anchor for boaters who want dependable performance and easier retrieval than a traditional fixed-ring fluke anchor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gen3 Marine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5-2006\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnchor Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e #13\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnchor Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Slip ring fluke anchor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Galvanized steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5.2 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18 x 3.25 x 21 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Boat Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24 to 29 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mud and sand bottoms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 810037461756\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size boat is the Gen3 Marine #13 anchor designed for?\u003c\/strong\u003e This #13 slip ring fluke anchor is designed for boats 24 to 29 feet in length.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is a slip ring anchor and how is it different from a standard fluke anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e A slip ring anchor has a ring that slides along the shank toward the fluke during retrieval, which lets the anchor break free more easily when it has snagged, unlike a fixed-ring fluke anchor where the chain attaches at a stationary point and can jam when pulled.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the Gen3 Marine 5-2006 anchor made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is made from galvanized steel, which resists corrosion from ongoing exposure to water.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does this anchor weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Gen3 Marine #13 slip ring anchor weighs 5.2 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of this anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e The anchor measures 18 x 3.25 x 21 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat bottom conditions is this anchor best suited for?\u003c\/strong\u003e Best results come in mud and sand, particularly in shallow waters.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this anchor easy to retrieve if it snags?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the slip ring design allows the chain to slide toward the fluke, making the 5-2006 anchor easier to retrieve in situations where snagging is common compared to a fixed-ring design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the UPC for the Gen3 Marine #13 anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e The UPC for this anchor is 810037461756.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this anchor set quickly?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the fluke design of the Gen3 Marine 5-2006 anchor is built to achieve quick penetration and a strong hold once set.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Gen3 Marine 5-2006 anchor suitable for rocky bottoms?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, this anchor is intended for use in mud and sand rather than rocky or hard bottom conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gen3 Marine","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48991665946843,"sku":"GEN-5-2006","price":16.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/41rX2neSHWL_48a3a879-acfb-4037-ac38-b250ac61a887.jpg?v=1784509599"},{"product_id":"gen3-marine-9-lb-galvanized-self-righting-delta-plow-anchor-mpn-5-3004","title":"Gen3 Marine 9 lb Galvanized Self-Righting Plow Anchor","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Gen3 Marine 9 lb Galvanized Self-Righting Plow Anchor (part number 5-3004) is a plow-style boat anchor built for reliable, immediate setting in a range of bottom conditions. Its low center of gravity, shank profile, and ballasted tip work together so the anchor orients itself correctly on the seabed and digs in right away, rather than needing to be dragged into position. Self-Righting technology also means the anchor can reset itself on the bottom if it is pulled loose or shifted by changing current or wind, reducing the chance of dragging.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe anchor is finished in galvanized coating for corrosion resistance in fresh and salt water use. At 9 pounds and sized at 9.75 x 19 x 10 inches, it suits smaller to mid-size boats that need a compact, easy-to-stow plow anchor for day anchoring or overnight use. The plow design and ballasted tip are the key features that let this anchor set quickly without extensive maneuvering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gen3 Marine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5-3004\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnchor Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plow Anchor (Self-Righting)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eItem Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9.75 x 19 x 10 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Galvanized\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 810037461763\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesign Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e Self-Righting, Ballasted Tip, Shank Profile\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size boat is the Gen3 Marine 5-3004 anchor suited for?\u003c\/strong\u003e At 9 pounds and 9.75 x 19 x 10 inches, the Gen3 Marine 5-3004 plow anchor is sized for smaller to mid-size boats that need a compact, easy-to-stow anchor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this anchor set itself?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The Gen3 Marine 5-3004 plow anchor uses a low center of gravity, shank profile, and ballasted tip so it sets itself and can set immediately without extra maneuvering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does Self-Righting technology do on this anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e Self-Righting technology on the Gen3 Marine 5-3004 lets the anchor correct its orientation and reset itself on the bottom if it comes loose, rather than requiring the boat operator to manually reposition it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat finish does the 5-3004 anchor have?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Gen3 Marine 5-3004 plow anchor has a galvanized finish for corrosion resistance in marine use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Gen3 Marine plow anchor weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Gen3 Marine 5-3004 plow anchor weighs 9 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the 5-3004 anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Gen3 Marine 5-3004 plow anchor measures 9.75 x 19 x 10 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this a plow-style or Danforth-style anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Gen3 Marine 5-3004 is a plow-style anchor, also known as a plow or Delta-style design, not a Danforth (fluke) style.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the ballasted tip for?\u003c\/strong\u003e The ballasted tip on the Gen3 Marine 5-3004 plow anchor helps orient the anchor point-down as it reaches the bottom, so it digs in and sets quickly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the UPC for this anchor listed?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Gen3 Marine 5-3004 plow anchor carries UPC 810037461763.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included when I order this anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e An order of the Gen3 Marine 5-3004 includes the galvanized 9 lb plow anchor itself; rode, chain, and shackles are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gen3 Marine","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48991665979611,"sku":"GEN-5-3004","price":26.2,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/41rTZ3rMZ6L.jpg?v=1784509604"},{"product_id":"gen3-marine-14-lb-galvanized-self-righting-plow-anchor-delta-style-with-ballasted-tip","title":"Gen3 Marine 14 lb Galvanized Self-Righting Plow Anchor","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Gen3 Marine 14 lb Plow Anchor (part number 5-3005) is a galvanized plow-style anchor built around a self-righting design that sets itself and can hold immediately after deployment. Its low center of gravity works together with a shaped shank and a ballasted tip so the anchor naturally rights itself on the seabed before digging in, rather than requiring the boat to drag it into the correct orientation first. This self-righting technology also allows the anchor to reset on its own if it breaks free and needs to re-engage the bottom.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe anchor carries a galvanized finish for corrosion resistance in marine environments, and its plow-style profile is a widely used anchor shape for recreational boats seeking dependable holding power across varied bottom conditions. At 14.4 pounds and measuring 20.5 x 10 x 11 inches, it is sized as ground tackle for boat owners who need a mid-size primary or secondary anchor. Because the anchor sets quickly and resets itself, it is suited to boaters who want a low-fuss anchoring routine without repeated re-deployment attempts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gen3 Marine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5-3005\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnchor Style:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plow anchor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTechnology:\u003c\/strong\u003e Self-Righting design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14.4 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20.5 x 10 x 11 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Galvanized\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShank:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shaped shank profile\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTip:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ballasted tip\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 810037461770\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Gen3 Marine 14 lb Plow Anchor weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Gen3 Marine Plow Anchor, part number 5-3005, has an actual weight of 14.4 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of anchor 5-3005?\u003c\/strong\u003e Part number 5-3005 measures 20.5 x 10 x 11 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does self-righting mean on this anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e Self-righting technology on the Gen3 Marine 5-3005 lets the anchor orient itself correctly on the bottom using its low center of gravity, shaped shank, and ballasted tip, so it sets immediately and can reset on its own if it breaks free.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Gen3 Marine 5-3005 anchor corrosion resistant?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the 5-3005 plow anchor has a galvanized finish, which provides corrosion resistance for use in marine environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat style of anchor is the 5-3005?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is a plow-style anchor with a ballasted tip and a shaped shank profile, designed to dig in and hold once it has self-righted on the seabed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the Gen3 Marine plow anchor set quickly?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the self-righting design of the 5-3005 allows it to set itself and hold almost immediately after it reaches the bottom.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the 5-3005 anchor reset itself if it breaks loose?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the self-righting technology built into the Gen3 Marine 5-3005 is designed to let the anchor reorient and reset itself if it comes free from the bottom.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the UPC for the Gen3 Marine 14 lb Plow Anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e The UPC for Gen3 Marine part number 5-3005 is 810037461770.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included with part number 5-3005?\u003c\/strong\u003e Part number 5-3005 is the 14 lb galvanized Gen3 Marine plow anchor itself; no additional rode, shackle, or windlass hardware is specified with it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy choose a plow-style anchor like the Gen3 Marine 5-3005?\u003c\/strong\u003e A plow-style anchor such as the 5-3005 uses its shank profile and ballasted tip to dig into the bottom for holding power, and the added self-righting behavior means it sets correctly without needing to be dragged into position first.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gen3 Marine","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48991666110683,"sku":"GEN-5-3005","price":106.38,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/41pGSH7TwvL.jpg?v=1784509610"},{"product_id":"gen3-marine-22-lb-galvanized-self-righting-plow-anchor-mpn-5-3006","title":"Gen3 Marine 22 lb Galvanized Self-Righting Plow Anchor","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Gen3 Marine 22 lb Galvanized Self-Righting Plow Anchor (part number 5-3006) is designed to make anchoring simpler and more reliable for boat owners. Its plow-style shank profile and ballasted tip give the anchor a low center of gravity, allowing it to set itself and grab bottom immediately after being deployed. Self-Righting technology means the anchor will orient itself correctly on the seabed and can reset itself if the boat's position or the current shifts, reducing the chance of the anchor dragging or failing to bite.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBuilt with a galvanized finish, the 5-3006 is protected against corrosion from saltwater and freshwater exposure, making it suitable for long-term use in marine environments. At 22.6 pounds, it is sized for boats that call for a 22 lb class plow anchor. This anchor is a universal ground tackle product and is not tied to a specific boat make, model, or engine fitment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gen3 Marine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5-3006\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plow Anchor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStyle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Self-Righting Plow (Delta-style)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Galvanized\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 22.6 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight Class:\u003c\/strong\u003e 22 lb\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions (L x W x H):\u003c\/strong\u003e 23.5 x 1212 x 12.75 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 810037461787\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ballasted tip, shank profile, self-launching design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat weight class is the Gen3 Marine 5-3006 anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Gen3 Marine 5-3006 is a 22 lb plow anchor, matching its listed weight of 22.6 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this anchor galvanized?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the 5-3006 plow anchor has a galvanized finish for corrosion resistance in marine environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does Self-Righting technology mean on this anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e It means the Gen3 Marine plow anchor orients itself correctly on the seabed after deployment and can reset itself if it needs to reposition, rather than requiring the anchor to land in a specific orientation to set.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the plow anchor set immediately after dropping?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the low center of gravity, shank profile, and ballasted tip on the 5-3006 allow it to set itself and grip immediately without requiring extra maneuvering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the Gen3 Marine 5-3006 anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e The anchor measures 23.5 x 1212 x 12.75 inches (L x W x H).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the 5-3006 anchor weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e It weighs 22.6 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this anchor fit a specific boat make or model?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, the 5-3006 is a universal ground tackle anchor and is not restricted to a specific boat make, model, or engine fitment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat type of anchor is the Gen3 Marine 5-3006?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is a plow-style anchor (Delta-style shank profile), specifically a 22 lb Self-Righting Plow Anchor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the ballasted tip for?\u003c\/strong\u003e The ballasted tip on the 5-3006 lowers the anchor's center of gravity, which helps it set itself quickly and bite into the bottom on first contact.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the 5-3006 suitable for saltwater use?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, its galvanized finish is designed to resist corrosion in both saltwater and freshwater marine environments.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gen3 Marine","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48991666536667,"sku":"GEN-5-3006","price":92.57,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/41pGSH7TwvL_76eb870d-5006-47d0-91c9-7e9a412adec1.jpg?v=1784509620"},{"product_id":"gen3-marine-35-lb-galvanized-self-righting-plow-anchor-delta-style-upc-810037461794","title":"Gen3 Marine 35 lb Galvanized Self-Righting Plow Anchor","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Gen3 Marine 35 lb Galvanized Self-Righting Plow Anchor is built for boaters who want fast, reliable holding without wrestling with anchor placement. Its plow-style shank profile and ballasted tip give it a low center of gravity, so the anchor orients itself correctly as it descends and sets immediately on contact with the bottom, rather than requiring the boat to drag it into position. This self-righting design also means the anchor can reset itself if it breaks free and re-lands on the seabed, reducing the risk of dragging in shifting wind or current.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe anchor is finished in galvanized steel for corrosion resistance in saltwater and freshwater environments, making it suitable as a primary or backup anchor for recreational boats. Its 35 lb weight class and plow profile make it a straightforward, no-frills anchoring solution for boaters who want dependable performance without a complex mechanism.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gen3 Marine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5-3007\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnchor Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plow Anchor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight Class:\u003c\/strong\u003e 35 lb\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 36.6 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions (L x W x H):\u003c\/strong\u003e 27 x 13 x 14 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Galvanized\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesign Feature:\u003c\/strong\u003e Self-Righting technology\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 810037461794\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size boat is the Gen3 Marine 35 lb Plow Anchor suited for?\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a 35 lb weight-class galvanized plow anchor, sized for boaters who need a heavier-duty anchor than small fluke or grapnel styles typically used on smaller craft.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this anchor set itself?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Gen3 Marine Plow Anchor (part number 5-3007) uses a low center of gravity, shank profile, and ballasted tip to orient itself and set immediately once it reaches the bottom.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat happens if the anchor breaks loose while anchored?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 5-3007 plow anchor features Self-Righting technology, so if it comes loose and re-lands on the bottom, it can reset itself correctly rather than dragging on its side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat finish does this anchor have?\u003c\/strong\u003e It has a galvanized finish, which provides corrosion resistance for use in both saltwater and freshwater conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Gen3 Marine plow anchor weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The actual product weight of the 5-3007 anchor is 36.6 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of this anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Gen3 Marine 35 lb Plow Anchor measures 27 x 13 x 14 inches (length x width x height).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this anchor made of steel?\u003c\/strong\u003e The anchor has a galvanized finish, which is a zinc coating applied over steel construction for corrosion protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this a Delta-style plow anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Gen3 Marine 5-3007 is a plow-style anchor with a shank profile and ballasted tip designed for self-launching and self-righting performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this anchor be used as a primary anchor or only as a backup?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 5-3007 is a full-size 35 lb plow anchor suitable for use as a primary anchor, not just a lightweight backup or lunch hook.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the anchor come with chain or rode included?\u003c\/strong\u003e The listing for the Gen3 Marine 5-3007 covers the anchor itself; chain, shackles, and rode are not described as included components in the available product information.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is this anchor different from a fluke-style anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e Unlike fluke anchors that rely on flat blades digging into the bottom, the 5-3007 plow anchor uses a shank profile and ballasted tip with Self-Righting technology to set itself immediately and reorient if it comes loose.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gen3 Marine","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48991666602203,"sku":"GEN-5-3007","price":158.51,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/41pGSH7TwvL_bf0a27aa-a86a-4e13-9592-7a73eefe40bc.jpg?v=1784509629"},{"product_id":"gen3-marine-22-lb-stainless-steel-plow-anchor-316-marine-grade-self-launching-boat-anchor","title":"Gen3 Marine 22 lb 316 Stainless Steel Plow Anchor, Self-Launching Design","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Gen3 Marine 22 lb Plow Anchor is a one-piece, self-launching anchor built from 316 stainless steel for a corrosion resistant, sleek finish. Its low center of gravity gives it strong holding power to keep a boat securely in place through wind and tide changes. Because it is a solid one-piece construction rather than a hinged or multi-part design, it is easy to deploy, retrieve, and store aboard. The self-launching design lets the anchor set itself once dropped, without extra adjustment from the user. At 22 pounds, this plow-style anchor suits boaters who want a durable, low-maintenance ground tackle option finished in stainless steel rather than galvanized steel. The anchor measures 27 x 13 x 12 inches and is sold as a single unit intended for general boat anchoring use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gen3 Marine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5-3016\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plow Anchor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnchor Weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 22 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eItem Weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 22.4 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eItem Dimensions (L x W x H):\u003c\/strong\u003e 27 x 13 x 12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e 316 Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Solid one piece\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e Self-launching\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e One Size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Gen3 Marine 5-3016 anchor made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Gen3 Marine 5-3016 plow anchor is made of 316 stainless steel, giving it a corrosion resistant, sleek finish suited to marine environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does this anchor weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Gen3 Marine 22 lb Plow Anchor has an item weight of 22.4 pounds, with the anchor rated at 22 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the 5-3016 plow anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e This anchor measures 27 x 13 x 12 inches (length x width x height).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this anchor one piece or does it fold?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is a solid one piece construction, which makes the Gen3 Marine plow anchor easy to use and store compared to hinged or multi-part designs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does self-launching mean for this anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e Self-launching means the Gen3 Marine plow anchor is designed to set itself once dropped, without needing to be manually adjusted into position.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy does this anchor have a low center of gravity?\u003c\/strong\u003e The low center of gravity on the Gen3 Marine 5-3016 plow anchor gives it strong holding power, helping keep a boat in place through wind and tide changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the 5-3016 anchor galvanized or stainless steel?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 5-3016 is finished in 316 stainless steel, not galvanized steel, which is why it carries a corrosion resistant, polished appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size boat is the Gen3 Marine 22 lb plow anchor for?\u003c\/strong\u003e Specific boat length or weight ratings are not specified for the 5-3016; buyers should size an anchor to their vessel using standard anchor weight guidelines.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the anchor come in different sizes?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Gen3 Marine 5-3016 plow anchor is offered in one size, at 22 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included when I order this anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e The order includes one Gen3 Marine 5-3016 stainless steel plow anchor; rode, chain, and shackles are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is this different from a galvanized plow anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Gen3 Marine 5-3016 is finished in 316 stainless steel rather than galvanized steel, offering a corrosion resistant, sleek appearance as an alternative to a galvanized plow anchor of similar design.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gen3 Marine","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48991667192027,"sku":"GEN-5-3016","price":308.05,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/41bdyihd8oL_fb80662c-e0ae-49e5-92fb-338dae2ce664.jpg?v=1784509645"},{"product_id":"gen3-marine-galvanized-claw-anchor-8-lb-for-boats-up-to-18-ft-single-piece-marine-grade-steel-with-hot-dipped-galvanized-finish","title":"Gen3 Marine Galvanized Claw Anchor, 8 lb, Marine-Grade Steel, for Boats up to 18 ft","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Gen3 Marine Galvanized Claw Anchor is a claw-style (Bruce-style) anchor built for boaters who need dependable holding power across a range of seabeds. Cast from marine-grade steel in a single piece, the anchor is finished with a hot-dipped galvanized coating that resists corrosion in both saltwater and freshwater environments, helping it hold up season after season. At 8 pounds, it is sized for boats up to 18 feet in length, making it a practical choice for smaller runabouts, jon boats, and day boats that need a reliable primary or backup anchor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe claw-shaped fluke design is engineered to right itself no matter how it lands on the bottom, so it digs in and sets quickly without needing to be repositioned. This self-righting action makes it effective in mud, sand, and rocky seabeds, giving boaters confidence when anchoring in unfamiliar or mixed-bottom conditions. The single-piece cast construction avoids the moving parts and pivot points found in some other anchor styles, reducing points of wear and simplifying maintenance. Its gray, hot-dip galvanized finish is applied after casting to protect the steel from rust and saltwater corrosion over repeated use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis anchor is a straightforward, no-frills option for boaters who want a proven claw-style design at an accessible price point, without sacrificing the corrosion resistance and durability needed for regular marine use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gen3 Marine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5-3024\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Claw Anchor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Marine Grade Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hot-Dipped Galvanized\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBoat Length Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 18 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnchor Style:\u003c\/strong\u003e Claw (Bruce-style)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Single-piece cast steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 810037463521\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable for boats up to 18 feet in length.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eReplaces (OEM)\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo OEM cross-reference numbers apply to this product.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size boats is the Gen3 Marine Galvanized Claw Anchor (5-3024) rated for?\u003c\/strong\u003e This anchor is sized for boats up to 18 feet in length, making it suited to smaller runabouts, jon boats, and day boats rather than larger vessels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does this anchor weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Gen3 Marine Galvanized Claw Anchor weighs 8 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the claw anchor made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is cast from marine-grade steel in a single piece, then finished with a hot-dip galvanized coating for corrosion resistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill this anchor hold in different types of seabed?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The claw fluke design on part number 5-3024 is built to hold in mud, sand, and rocky bottoms, covering most conditions a boater will encounter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the anchor need to land a certain way to set properly?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. The claw design is self-righting, so it orients itself correctly no matter how it lands on the bottom before digging in.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat finish protects the anchor from rust?\u003c\/strong\u003e A hot-dipped galvanized finish is applied over the marine-grade steel body, giving the Gen3 Marine claw anchor corrosion resistance in both fresh and saltwater.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is the Gen3 Marine Galvanized Claw Anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e It has a gray finish, consistent with its hot-dip galvanized coating.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this a one-piece anchor or does it have moving parts?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 5-3024 claw anchor is constructed from a single piece of cast steel, so there are no hinges or pivoting flukes to maintain.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat comes in the box with this anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e The package includes the Gen3 Marine Galvanized Claw Anchor itself; rode, chain, and shackles are sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this anchor suitable as a primary or backup anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e At 8 pounds and rated for boats up to 18 feet, this claw anchor works well as a primary anchor on smaller boats or as a backup anchor on larger ones.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this anchor have any OEM cross-reference or replacement part numbers?\u003c\/strong\u003e No OEM cross-reference numbers are associated with the Gen3 Marine Galvanized Claw Anchor, part number 5-3024.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gen3 Marine","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48991667650779,"sku":"GEN-5-3024","price":24.03,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/310ua8_7DKL.jpg?v=1784509663"},{"product_id":"gen3-marine-galvanized-claw-anchor-11-lb-steel-boat-anchor-for-19-23-ft-boats-corrosion-resistant-hot-dipped-finish","title":"Gen3 Marine Galvanized Claw Anchor, 11 lbs, for Boats 19-23 Feet","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Gen3 Marine Galvanized Claw Anchor is a claw-style (Bruce-pattern) boat anchor built from marine-grade carbon steel, cast in a single piece for durability. The steel is finished with a hot-dip galvanized coating for corrosion resistance in saltwater and freshwater environments. At 11 pounds, this anchor is sized for boats from 19 feet to 23 feet, offering a balance of holding power and manageable weight for hauling and stowing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe claw design allows the anchor to hold in a range of seabed types, including mud, sand, and rocky bottoms, and it is engineered to self-right regardless of how it lands on the bottom, so it sets properly without needing to be repositioned. The one-piece cast construction eliminates moving parts or pivot points that could wear out or fail, making it a straightforward, low-maintenance anchor for boaters who want reliable holding power without a complex mechanism.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gen3 Marine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5-3025\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCategory:\u003c\/strong\u003e Claw Anchors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 11 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Boat Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 19 feet to 23 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Marine Grade Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hot-Dip Galvanized\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Single-piece cast\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnchor Style:\u003c\/strong\u003e Claw (self-righting)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 810037463538\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size boat is the Gen3 Marine Claw Anchor (5-3025) designed for?\u003c\/strong\u003e This 11-pound claw anchor is sized for boats from 19 feet to 23 feet in length.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does this anchor weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Gen3 Marine Claw Anchor weighs 11 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the Gen3 Marine Claw Anchor made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is made from marine-grade carbon steel, cast in a single piece for durability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill this anchor hold in different types of seabed?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the claw design on part number 5-3025 is built to hold in mud, sand, and rocky bottoms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the anchor need to land a certain way to set properly?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, the Gen3 Marine Claw Anchor is engineered to self-right no matter how it lands, so it sets correctly on the bottom.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat finish protects the anchor from rust?\u003c\/strong\u003e A hot-dip galvanized coating over the steel body provides corrosion resistance for saltwater and freshwater use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is the Gen3 Marine Claw Anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e It has a gray finish, consistent with its hot-dip galvanized steel construction.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this a one-piece anchor or does it have moving parts?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 5-3025 anchor is a single-piece cast design with no pivoting shank or moving parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included when I order this anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e The order includes one Gen3 Marine Galvanized Claw Anchor; rope, chain, and shackles are sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Gen3 Marine Claw Anchor a Bruce-style anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, part number 5-3025 is a claw-style anchor, the same general pattern known as a Bruce anchor.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gen3 Marine","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48991667749083,"sku":"GEN-5-3025","price":32.26,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/310ua8_7DKL_450e1c60-4741-4f19-8af1-f9adf2277e83.jpg?v=1784509668"},{"product_id":"gen3-marine-galvanized-claw-anchor-17-lb-for-boats-24-ft-to-30-ft-hot-dipped-corrosion-resistant-steel","title":"Gen3 Marine Galvanized Claw Anchor 5-3026, 17 lb, for Boats up to 24-30 Feet","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Gen3 Marine Galvanized Claw Anchor (5-3026) is a Bruce-style claw anchor built for boaters who need dependable holding power in mud, sand, and rocky seabeds. It is cast from marine-grade steel in a single piece for durability, then finished with a hot-dip galvanized coating that resists corrosion in saltwater and freshwater environments. The claw-style head is engineered to self-right no matter how it lands on the bottom, so it sets properly and resists fouling instead of dragging on its side. This design makes it a practical, low-maintenance option for boaters who want reliable anchoring without a complicated deployment routine. The 5-3026 is sized for boats up to 24 to 30 feet in length, offering a balance of holding power and manageable weight for hand deployment or use with a windlass. Its one-piece steel construction eliminates weak points like welds or moving parts that can fail under load, and the galvanized finish is designed to hold up to repeated exposure to sun, salt spray, and submersion. Whether used as a primary bow anchor or a secondary anchor for overnight anchoring, the Gen3 Marine claw anchor is built to be a straightforward, long-lasting piece of ground tackle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gen3 Marine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5-3026\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnchor Style:\u003c\/strong\u003e Claw Anchor (Bruce-style)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16.2 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Marine Grade Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hot-Dip Galvanized\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Boat Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 24-30 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Single-piece cast steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesign Feature:\u003c\/strong\u003e Self-righting head\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 810037463545\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size boat is the Gen3 Marine 5-3026 anchor designed for?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 5-3026 claw anchor from Gen3 Marine is designed for boats up to 24 to 30 feet in length.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does this anchor weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Gen3 Marine 5-3026 claw anchor weighs 16.2 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the anchor made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is cast from marine-grade steel in a single piece, then finished with a hot-dip galvanized coating for corrosion resistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill this anchor hold in sand or mud?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the claw design on the Gen3 Marine 5-3026 is built to hold in mud, sand, and rocky seabeds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the anchor need to land a certain way to set properly?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. The 5-3026 has a self-righting design that orients itself correctly no matter how it lands on the bottom, which helps it set and resist fouling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color and finish does this anchor have?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Gen3 Marine 5-3026 has a gray, hot-dip galvanized finish over marine-grade steel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this a one-piece or welded anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 5-3026 claw anchor is cast in a single piece rather than assembled from welded parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this anchor be used as a secondary or backup anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e Its size and holding power make the Gen3 Marine 5-3026 suitable as either a primary bow anchor or a secondary anchor for boats up to 24 to 30 feet.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat style of anchor is the 5-3026?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is a claw-style (Bruce-style) anchor, identified by its curved, self-righting claw head.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the galvanized coating suitable for saltwater use?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the hot-dip galvanized finish on the Gen3 Marine 5-3026 is designed to resist corrosion in marine environments, including saltwater.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gen3 Marine","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48991667847387,"sku":"GEN-5-3026","price":114.56,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/310ua8_7DKL_e4bd393e-a4a7-42e5-b282-ac9d6a1b0ee6.jpg?v=1784509676"},{"product_id":"gen3-marine-22-lb-galvanized-claw-anchor-for-boats-31-35-corrosion-resistant-marine-grade-steel-holds-in-mud-sand-rock","title":"Gen3 Marine 22 lb Galvanized Claw Anchor, Self-Righting, for Boats up to 31-35 Feet","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Gen3 Marine Galvanized Claw Anchor is a 22 lb Bruce-style claw anchor built for boaters who need dependable holding power across a range of seabed conditions. Cast from marine-grade steel in a single piece, the anchor is finished with a hot-dip galvanized coating that resists corrosion in saltwater and freshwater environments alike. Its curved claw design is engineered to self-right no matter how it lands on the bottom, so it sets properly on the first attempt instead of requiring repositioning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis anchor is suited for boats up to 31 to 35 feet (9.4 to 10.7 meters) in length and holds effectively in mud, sand, and rocky seabeds, making it a versatile choice for boaters who anchor in varied conditions. The one-piece cast construction eliminates weak points found in welded or multi-part anchor designs, adding to its long-term durability. Finished in gray, the Gen3 Marine Claw Anchor offers an affordable, no-frills anchoring solution for boaters who want proven holding performance without paying for premium stainless steel construction.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gen3 Marine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5-3027\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnchor Style:\u003c\/strong\u003e Claw (Bruce-style)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 22.7 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBoat Length Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 31 feet to 35 feet (9.4 to 10.7 meters)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Marine Grade Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Single-piece cast\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hot-Dip Galvanized\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesign Feature:\u003c\/strong\u003e Self-righting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 810037463552\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size boat is the Gen3 Marine 5-3027 claw anchor designed for?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Gen3 Marine 5-3027 claw anchor is designed for boats up to 31 to 35 feet (9.4 to 10.7 meters) in length.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does this anchor weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Gen3 Marine Galvanized Claw Anchor (5-3027) weighs 22.7 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat seabed types does the claw anchor hold in?\u003c\/strong\u003e It holds effectively in mud, sand, and rocky seabeds, making the 5-3027 a versatile choice for varied anchoring conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the anchor made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 5-3027 is constructed from marine-grade steel, cast in a single piece for durability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the anchor have a protective coating?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Gen3 Marine 5-3027 is finished with a hot-dip galvanized coating that resists corrosion in both saltwater and freshwater.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this a self-righting anchor design?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the claw design of the 5-3027 is engineered to self-right no matter how it lands on the bottom, helping it set properly on the first drop.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is the Gen3 Marine claw anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 5-3027 claw anchor is finished in gray.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the anchor cast as one piece or welded from multiple parts?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 5-3027 is cast from marine-grade steel in a single piece rather than welded from separate components.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat style of anchor is the 5-3027?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 5-3027 is a claw-style (Bruce-style) anchor, recognizable by its curved, scoop-shaped fluke.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included when I order this anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e Ordering the Gen3 Marine 5-3027 includes the galvanized claw anchor itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Gen3 Marine claw anchor suitable for saltwater use?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the hot-dip galvanized finish on the 5-3027 is corrosion resistant, suiting it for saltwater as well as freshwater use.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gen3 Marine","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48991672336603,"sku":"GEN-5-3027","price":127.72,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/310ua8_7DKL_2873dd87-c5bf-4632-93c5-526168a15076.jpg?v=1784509682"},{"product_id":"gen3-marine-19-lb-galvanized-folding-box-anchor-with-storage-bag-for-boats","title":"Gen3 Marine 19 lb Galvanized Folding Box Anchor with Storage Bag","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Gen3 Marine 19 lb Folding Box Anchor is a galvanized folding cube-style anchor built for reliable holding in lakes and rivers. Its collapsible stabilizing arm lets the anchor fold flat for compact storage aboard smaller boats, then open to its working shape when deployed. The small surface area of the folded design allows the anchor to release straight up off the bottom, making retrieval easier and reducing the chance of snagging compared to bulkier anchor styles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA galvanized finish protects the anchor from corrosion in freshwater environments, supporting long-term durability. The design is intended to give boaters control over anchor placement and to set securely no matter the bottom condition it lands on. A dedicated storage bag is included, keeping the folded anchor contained and protecting boat surfaces and gear from scuffing while it is stowed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gen3 Marine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5-4005\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e 19 lb Folding Cube Anchor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20.5 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eItem Dimensions (L x W x H):\u003c\/strong\u003e 22.5 x 9.75 x 5.25 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Dimensions (L x W x H):\u003c\/strong\u003e 23 x 10 x 5 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Galvanized\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e Folding\/collapsible cube anchor with stabilizing arm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded Accessories:\u003c\/strong\u003e Storage bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCategory:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lake and river anchor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 810037461848\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Gen3 Marine 5-4005 anchor made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Gen3 Marine 19 lb Folding Cube Anchor (part 5-4005) has a galvanized finish, which protects the anchor from corrosion during regular use in lakes and rivers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does this anchor weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Gen3 Marine 19 lb Folding Cube Anchor weighs 20.5 pounds as shipped.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the folded anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e Folded for storage, the Gen3 Marine 5-4005 anchor measures 22.5 x 9.75 x 5.25 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the anchor come with a storage bag?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, a dedicated storage bag is included with the Gen3 Marine 19 lb Folding Cube Anchor to keep it contained while stowed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this anchor fold for compact storage?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the 5-4005 anchor uses a collapsible stabilizing arm so it folds down into a cube shape for compact storage aboard the boat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the anchor release from the bottom?\u003c\/strong\u003e Because the folded Gen3 Marine anchor has a small surface area, it enables a straight-up release from the bottom, which makes retrieval easier.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill this anchor hold in different bottom conditions?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Gen3 Marine 19 lb Folding Cube Anchor is designed to give boaters control of placement and to set no matter the bottom condition it lands on.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size boats is this anchor intended for?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Gen3 Marine 5-4005 is a 19 lb folding cube anchor sized for small boats used on lakes and rivers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the package weight and size for shipping?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Gen3 Marine 19 lb Folding Cube Anchor ships in packaging measuring 23 x 10 x 5 inches with a package weight of 20.5 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat category of anchor is the 5-4005?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 5-4005 is listed as a lake and river anchor, reflecting its intended freshwater use.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gen3 Marine","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48991677317339,"sku":"GEN-5-4005","price":73.64,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/31HArU4y7bL.jpg?v=1784509701"},{"product_id":"gen3-marine-8-lb-vinyl-coated-mushroom-anchor-kit-with-25-rope-snap-hook-and-float-mpn-5-6004","title":"Gen3 Marine 8 lb Black Vinyl Mushroom Anchor Kit with Rope, Snap Hook, and Float","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Gen3 Marine 8 lb Mushroom Anchor Kit (5-6004) is built for anchoring small boats such as canoes, inflatables, and skiffs in inland waters where the bottom is mud, silt, or weeds. The mushroom-shaped anchor design lets it settle into soft bottoms and grip rather than skid, giving a more secure hold in these conditions than a lighter fluke-style anchor. The anchor is finished in a black vinyl coating, which removes the jagged edges typical of bare cast anchors so it will not scratch, scuff, or gouge the hull, deck, or gelcoat of your vessel during deployment and retrieval.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe kit is a complete, ready-to-use package. It includes the 8 lb mushroom anchor itself, a carrying bag, a snap hook for quick attachment to your anchor line, 25 feet of rope, and a float. The float helps mark the anchor's position on the surface and makes retrieval easier if the line needs to be released or found. Everything needed to start anchoring is included, with no separate purchase of rope or hardware required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis kit is intended for calm, protected inland waters rather than open water, tidal currents, or rocky bottoms where a mushroom anchor's holding power is limited. It suits recreational boaters who need a simple, no-fuss anchoring solution for small craft.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gen3 Marine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5-6004\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnchor Weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8.7 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eItem Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8 x 8 x 6.25 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRope Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 25 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded Components:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mushroom anchor, carrying bag, snap hook, 25 feet of rope, float\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Inland waters with mud, silt, or weedy bottoms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size boats is the Gen3 Marine 5-6004 anchor kit meant for?\u003c\/strong\u003e This 8 lb mushroom anchor kit is sized for small boats such as canoes, inflatables, and skiffs rather than larger vessels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this anchor kit include rope and a hook?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Gen3 Marine 5-6004 kit includes 25 feet of rope and a snap hook along with the anchor, a carrying bag, and a float.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the actual weight of the anchor versus the whole kit?\u003c\/strong\u003e The mushroom anchor itself weighs 8 pounds, while the complete packaged kit weighs 8.7 pounds including the rope, bag, snap hook, and float.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat bottom types does this mushroom anchor work best on?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is designed for mud, silt, or weedy bottoms in inland waters, where its shape lets it settle in and grip rather than skid.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill this anchor scratch my boat's hull or deck?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. The 5-6004 anchor has a black vinyl coating with no jagged edges, so it will not damage the vessel's hull or deck during use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the float for in this kit?\u003c\/strong\u003e The included float marks the anchor line's position on the surface and makes it easier to locate and retrieve the anchor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is the Gen3 Marine mushroom anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 5-6004 kit's anchor and coating are black.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of this anchor kit?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Gen3 Marine 5-6004 kit measures 8 x 8 x 6.25 inches as packaged.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this anchor suitable for open water or rocky bottoms?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is intended for inland waters with mud, silt, or weedy bottoms; it is not built around rocky or open-water anchoring conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included in the box with this anchor kit?\u003c\/strong\u003e The box contains the 8 lb mushroom anchor, a carrying bag, a snap hook, 25 feet of rope, and a float, all under Gen3 Marine part number 5-6004.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gen3 Marine","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48991681085659,"sku":"GEN-5-6004","price":20.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/Mushroom-Anchor-Kit__91577.1722512163.500.750.jpg?v=1785164332"},{"product_id":"tie-down-engineering-86072-mate-kit-screw-in-sand-anchor-with-15-ft-rope-water-float-and-carry-bag-for-pwc-and-small-boats","title":"Tie Down Engineering Mate Kit 86072 PWC Sand Anchor with 15 ft. Rope, Float, and Carry Bag","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tie Down Engineering Mate Kit is a complete sand-anchoring system built for personal watercraft and small boats. Rather than digging in or burying a traditional anchor, the Tie Down Mate anchor screws directly into the sand and screws back out for removal, making setup and takedown fast and effortless on sandy shorelines.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe kit comes with everything needed for a full anchoring setup: the screw-in anchor itself, a 15 ft. Nylon tie-off rope, a water float to keep the line visible at the surface, and a nylon carrying bag for storage and transport. The anchor features stainless steel hardware with a silver finish, and its handle is removable, stowing inside the anchor tube for compact, portable storage between uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eRated for a 500 pound load capacity, the Tie Down Mate Kit is suited to securing personal watercraft and small boats while beaching, swimming, or spending the day on the water. The complete kit weighs 2.3 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tie Down Engineering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 86072\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eItem Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Anchor Kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded Components:\u003c\/strong\u003e Screw-in anchor with handle, 15 ft. Nylon tie-off rope, water float, and nylon storage carrying bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRope Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLoad Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 500 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of Pieces:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.3 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 081628860726\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Vehicle Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Watercraft\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Warranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 year limited\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included in the Tie Down Engineering Mate Kit 86072?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Tie Down Engineering Mate Kit (part number 86072) includes a screw-in sand anchor with removable handle, a 15 ft. Nylon tie-off rope, a water float, and a nylon carrying bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the Tie Down Mate anchor stay secure in sand?\u003c\/strong\u003e It screws directly into the sand and screws back out for removal, so no digging or burying is required to anchor personal watercraft or small boats on a sandy shore.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the load capacity of the Tie Down Mate Kit?\u003c\/strong\u003e 500 pounds is the rated load capacity for the Tie Down Engineering Mate Kit 86072.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the anchor made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e The anchor uses stainless steel hardware with a silver finish, paired with a nylon rope and nylon carrying bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Tie Down Mate Kit weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The complete kit weighs 2.3 pounds, including the anchor, rope, float, and carrying bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is the anchor rope?\u003c\/strong\u003e The included nylon tie-off rope measures 15 feet, long enough to secure personal watercraft or small boats close to shore.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the anchor handle be removed for storage?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the handle on the Tie Down Mate anchor is removable and stows inside the anchor tube for compact, portable storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the water float for in this kit?\u003c\/strong\u003e The water float included with the Tie Down Engineering Mate Kit 86072 helps keep the anchor line visible and afloat at the surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this anchor kit suitable for boats as well as personal watercraft?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Tie Down Mate Kit is designed for mooring personal watercraft and small boats on sandy shores.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the kit come with a carrying bag?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, a nylon carrying bag is included with the Tie Down Engineering Mate Kit 86072 for storing and transporting the anchor, rope, and float.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat warranty comes with the Tie Down Mate Kit?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Tie Down Engineering Mate Kit 86072 carries a 1 year limited manufacturer warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many pieces come in the Tie Down Mate Kit?\u003c\/strong\u003e The kit consists of 4 pieces: the screw-in anchor with handle, the nylon rope, the water float, and the carrying bag.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Tie Down Engineering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48991687737563,"sku":"T-D-86072","price":76.4,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/Untitled-1__16243.1763741609.500.750.jpg?v=1785188492"},{"product_id":"tie-down-engineering-94016-danforth-standard-anchor-s2000-2-000-lb-holding-power-boats-40-45-ft","title":"Tie Down Engineering 94016 Danforth Standard Anchor, S2000, 2,000 lb Holding Power, Boats 40-45 ft","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tie Down Engineering 94016 is an S2000 model Danforth standard anchor built for boats in the 40-45 foot range. It uses the classic slip-ring fluke design that digs into sand and mud bottoms, delivering 2,000 lbs. Of holding power to keep a boat secured in changing conditions. The anchor is constructed from alloy steel and finished with a hot-dip galvanized coating that protects the metal from corrosion during repeated saltwater and freshwater use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 42.8 pounds, the 94016 is sized to match its rated boat length and holding power, giving it enough mass and fluke area to set quickly without being unnecessarily heavy for its class. It falls in Tie Down Engineering's slip-ring anchor lineup, which also includes the larger S3000 (part number 94017) for bigger vessels. The anchor ships as a single unit and carries a 1 year limited warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tie Down Engineering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 94016\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModel:\u003c\/strong\u003e S2000\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHolding Power:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2,000 lbs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Boat Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 40-45 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 42.8 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 35 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 26-3\/4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShank Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 19 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Alloy steel, hot-dip galvanized\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver (galvanized)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnchor Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Slip-ring (Danforth style) fluke anchor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 081628940169\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size boats is the 94016 anchor designed for?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Tie Down Engineering 94016 (S2000) anchor is designed for boats in the 40-45 foot range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the 94016 anchor weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 94016 S2000 Danforth anchor weighs 42.8 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the holding power of the 94016 anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e This anchor is rated for 2,000 lbs. Of holding power.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the 94016 Danforth anchor made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is made from alloy steel with a hot-dip galvanized finish for corrosion resistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Tie Down Engineering 94016 anchor galvanized?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the 94016 anchor has a hot-dip galvanized coating over its alloy steel construction to resist rust and corrosion in marine environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat type of anchor is model 94016?\u003c\/strong\u003e Model 94016 is a slip-ring, Danforth-style fluke anchor, sold under the S2000 model designation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the 94016 anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 94016 S2000 anchor has an overall length of 35 inches, an overall width of 26-3\/4 inches, and a shank length of 19 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the 94016 and the 94017 anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 94016 is the S2000 model with 2,000 lbs. Holding power for boats 40-45 feet and weighs 42.8 pounds, while the 94017 is the larger S3000 model with 3,000 lbs. Holding power for boats 45-55 feet and weighs 70 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included with the 94016 anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 94016 ships as a single Danforth-style anchor unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat warranty applies to the 94016 anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Tie Down Engineering 94016 anchor is covered by a 1 year limited warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the 94016 anchor be used in sand or mud bottoms?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, its slip-ring fluke design is built to dig into and hold in sand and mud bottoms, which is the typical use case for a Danforth-style anchor like the 94016.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the 94016 anchor suitable for pontoon boats?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is rated for boats 40-45 feet with 2,000 lbs. Of holding power, so it suits vessels of that size and weight class, including larger pontoon boats within that range.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Tie Down Engineering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49017659687131,"sku":"T-D-94016","price":494.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/Untitled-1__96248.1763741653.500.750.jpg?v=1785329215"},{"product_id":"tie-down-engineering-5-quick-set-anchor-95006-3-5-lb-galvanized-steel-anchor-for-boats-10-to-15-feet","title":"Tie Down Engineering #5 Quick Set Anchor 95006, 3.5 lb Galvanized Steel Anchor for Boats 10 to 15 Feet","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tie Down Engineering 95006 is a #5 Quick Set Anchor built from galvanized steel for lake and river anchoring. It is sized for boats between 10 and 15 feet with a recommended boat weight capacity of up to 120 pounds, and the anchor itself weighs 3.5 pounds. This model carries the 5HQ size designation within the Tie Down Engineering Quick Set anchor lineup, which helps identify the correct anchor size for a given boat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 95006 uses a slip-lock shank design that insures proper set of the anchor on the bottom, along with a slip ring design that makes retrieval easier once the anchor has set. It is finished with a hot-dip galvanized coating for corrosion resistance in fresh and river water use, giving it a silver finish. The anchor measures 13.5 inches by 11-1\/2 inches by 9 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tie Down Engineering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 95006\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModel Size Designation:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5HQ\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnchor Weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.5 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Boat Weight Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 120 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Boat Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10 to 15 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions (L x W x H):\u003c\/strong\u003e 13.5 inches x 11-1\/2 inches x 9 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Galvanized steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hot-dip galvanized\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesign Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e Slip-lock shank, slip ring retrieval design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 081628950069\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size boat is the Tie Down Engineering 95006 anchor designed for?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 95006 is recommended for boats between 10 and 15 feet with a boat weight of up to 120 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the 95006 Quick Set Anchor weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e This anchor weighs 3.5 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the 95006 anchor made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is made from galvanized steel with a hot-dip galvanized finish for corrosion resistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the 95006 anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 95006 measures 13.5 inches by 11-1\/2 inches by 9 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does the 5HQ designation on the 95006 anchor mean?\u003c\/strong\u003e 5HQ is the model size designation Tie Down Engineering uses for the 95006 anchor within its Quick Set anchor lineup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the 95006 anchor suitable for lake and river use?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Tie Down Engineering 95006 is categorized as a lake and river anchor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color does the 95006 anchor come in?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 95006 has a silver hot-dip galvanized finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the slip-lock shank on the 95006 work?\u003c\/strong\u003e The slip-lock shank insures proper set of the anchor when it is deployed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the slip ring design for on this anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e The slip ring design on the 95006 makes retrieval easier once the anchor has set.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat comes in the box with the 95006 anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 95006 ships as the boating anchor itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if my boat is heavier or longer than the 95006 is rated for?\u003c\/strong\u003e Tie Down Engineering also offers the 95011 anchor (model 7HQ), a separate 4.5 pound anchor rated for boats 15 to 19 feet up to 150 pounds, for larger boats than the 95006 covers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the UPC for the Tie Down Engineering 95006 anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e The UPC for the 95006 anchor is 081628950069.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Tie Down Engineering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49017659785435,"sku":"T-D-95006","price":19.23,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/71SBmCur1bL.jpg?v=1785331017"},{"product_id":"tie-down-engineering-super-hooker-fluke-anchor-95026-model-15hq-8-lb-hot-dip-galvanized-for-boats-28-30-ft","title":"Tie Down Engineering Super Hooker Fluke Anchor 95026, Model 15HQ, 8 lb, Hot-Dip Galvanized, for Boats 28-30 ft","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tie Down Engineering Super Hooker (part number 95026, Model 15HQ) is a fluke-style boat anchor built for reliable holding power at a low cost. Constructed from hot-dip galvanized steel, it resists corrosion in fresh and salt water while standing up to repeated use on the bottom. The fluke design digs into sand, mud, and similar bottoms to set quickly and hold fast once buried.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis anchor is rated for a holding power of 200 pounds and is recommended for boats in the 28-30 foot range, making it a solid choice for owners of mid-size to larger boats who need dependable ground tackle without paying for a premium anchor design. The hot-dip galvanized finish provides long-lasting corrosion resistance so the anchor keeps performing season after season.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tie Down Engineering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 95026\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModel:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15HQ\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnchor Style:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fluke-style\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hot-dip galvanized steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHolding Power:\u003c\/strong\u003e 200 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Boat Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 28-30 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 081628950267\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year Limited Warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size boat is the Tie Down Engineering 95026 anchor designed for?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Super Hooker 95026 (Model 15HQ) is recommended for boats in the 28-30 foot range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much holding power does this anchor provide?\u003c\/strong\u003e Model 15HQ is rated for 200 pounds of holding power.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the 95026 anchor made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is built from hot-dip galvanized steel, which resists rust and corrosion in both fresh and salt water.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Super Hooker anchor weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Tie Down Engineering 95026 weighs 8 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat style of anchor is the 95026?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is a fluke-style anchor, designed to dig into the bottom and set for reliable holding.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat bottom types does the Super Hooker work best on?\u003c\/strong\u003e As a fluke-style anchor, the 95026 is designed to set and hold in sand, mud, and similar bottom conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the 95026 anchor come with a warranty?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Tie Down Engineering Super Hooker 95026 is backed by a 1 year limited warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color or finish does this anchor have?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 95026 has a silver, hot-dip galvanized finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Super Hooker a budget-friendly anchor option?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, it is designed as a rugged, cost-effective fluke-style anchor alternative.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat model number is the 95026 anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e Part number 95026 corresponds to Model 15HQ in the Super Hooker line.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the 95026 anchor rust over time?\u003c\/strong\u003e The hot-dip galvanized steel construction is built for long-lasting corrosion resistance, reducing the risk of rust with normal use.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Tie Down Engineering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49017660080347,"sku":"T-D-95026","price":76.16,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/61lZecKDtEL.jpg?v=1785331026"},{"product_id":"tie-down-super-hooker-anchor-8-480-lbs-holding-power-for-boats-16-24-ft","title":"Tie Down Super Hooker Anchor #8, 480 lbs. Holding Power, for Boats 16-24 ft","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tie Down Super Hooker Anchor (part number 95040) is a #8 size fluke-style boat anchor built for boats 16 to 24 feet in length. It delivers 480 lbs. Of holding power while weighing only 9 pounds, making it easy to deploy and retrieve by hand without sacrificing secure anchorage. The traditional fluke design digs into sand, mud, and other common bottom conditions to keep the boat in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eConstructed from alloy steel with a hot-dip galvanized finish, the Super Hooker Anchor resists corrosion in both fresh and saltwater environments, giving it a long service life on the water. The anchor measures 19-1\/2 inches by 14-3\/4 inches by 10-1\/2 inches and ships in packaging measuring 24 inches by 18-1\/4 inches by 12 inches. It is finished in silver and uses a slip ring fastener for attaching rode or chain. This size #8 anchor is a lightweight, economical choice for owners of small to mid-size runabouts, pontoon boats, and bass boats who need reliable holding power without a heavy, bulky anchor to stow and handle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tie Down\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 95040\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eItem Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Anchor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnchor Style:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fluke Anchor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize Designation:\u003c\/strong\u003e #8\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHolding Power:\u003c\/strong\u003e 480 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Boat Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16 to 24 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnchor Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 19-1\/2 inches x 14-3\/4 inches x 10-1\/2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePackaged Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24 inches x 18-1\/4 inches x 12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Alloy Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hot-Dip Galvanized\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFastener Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Slip Ring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eRecommended for boats 16 to 24 feet in length\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size boat is the Tie Down Super Hooker Anchor 95040 designed for?\u003c\/strong\u003e This #8 size Super Hooker Anchor is recommended for boats 16 to 24 feet in length.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much holding power does part number 95040 provide?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Super Hooker Anchor 95040 provides 480 pounds of holding power.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Tie Down 95040 anchor weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e It weighs 9 pounds, which keeps the #8 Super Hooker Anchor easy to deploy and retrieve by hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the Super Hooker Anchor made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 95040 anchor is made from alloy steel with a hot-dip galvanized finish for corrosion resistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Tie Down 95040 anchor suitable for saltwater use?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the hot-dip galvanized finish on the Super Hooker Anchor 95040 is designed to resist corrosion in marine environments, including saltwater.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the 95040 anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Super Hooker Anchor 95040 measures 19-1\/2 inches by 14-3\/4 inches by 10-1\/2 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat type of anchor is the Tie Down Super Hooker?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is a fluke-style anchor, part number 95040, designed to dig into the bottom for secure holding.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat fastener type does the 95040 anchor use for attaching rode or chain?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Super Hooker Anchor 95040 uses a slip ring fastener.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color or finish does the 95040 anchor come in?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Tie Down Super Hooker Anchor 95040 has a silver hot-dip galvanized finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included when purchasing part number 95040?\u003c\/strong\u003e The purchase includes one Tie Down Super Hooker Anchor, model 95040.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a larger size available than the 95040 Super Hooker Anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, Tie Down also offers a #13 size Super Hooker Anchor for boats 24 to 30 feet, which is a separate, larger part number than the 95040.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the shipping\/package dimensions of the 95040 anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Super Hooker Anchor 95040 ships in packaging measuring 24 inches by 18-1\/4 inches by 12 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Tie Down Engineering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49017660113115,"sku":"T-D-95040","price":70.85,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/51c6qCdwy-L_3d3ffd3f-0cf6-45d7-8ec7-0f1f72bfd476.jpg?v=1785331026"},{"product_id":"tie-down-engineering-95035-4-fluke-anchor-240-lb-holding-capacity-for-boats-12-16-ft","title":"Tie Down Engineering 95035 #4 Fluke Anchor, 240 lb Holding Capacity for Boats 12-16 ft","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tie Down Engineering 95035 is a #4 fluke anchor built for boats in the 12-16 ft range, with a 240 lb rated holding capacity for everyday anchoring in a variety of bottom conditions. Fluke-style anchors like the 95035 use wide, angled flukes that dig into sand, mud, and similar bottoms to resist dragging once set, making them a common choice for small to mid-size runabouts, jon boats, and similar craft.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 95035 features strong, wide flukes designed to penetrate quickly and firmly for maximum holding power. Its crown is fully welded, giving the anchor properly engineered angles for secure penetration and consistent setting. The entire anchor is hot-dip galvanized after fabrication, which coats every surface (including welds) in zinc for corrosion resistance in fresh and salt water. Each Tie Down Engineering anchor is marked with a model number that approximates its weight in pounds, so the 95035 designation corresponds to an anchor weighing approximately 4 pounds (actual shipping weight 4.11 pounds).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasuring 17-1\/4 in. Long, 13 in. Wide, and 9 in. High, the 95035 is sized as a #4 model recommended for boats 12-16 ft in length. It is sold as a standalone anchor for boaters who need a durable, galvanized fluke anchor matched to their boat size and typical anchoring loads.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tie Down Engineering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 95035\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fluke Anchor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModel Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e #4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorking Load \/ Holding Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 240 lbs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Boat Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-16 ft.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4.11 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 17-1\/4 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 13 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Galvanized Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hot-Dip Galvanized\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 081628950359\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecommended for boats 12-16 ft. In length\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRated for 240 lbs. Of holding capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size boat is the Tie Down Engineering 95035 anchor designed for?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 95035 is a #4 model recommended for boats 12-16 ft. In length.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much holding power does the 95035 anchor provide?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 95035 is rated for 240 lbs. Of holding capacity, based on its #4 model classification.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the 95035 anchor weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Tie Down Engineering 95035 weighs 4.11 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the 95035 fluke anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 95035 measures 17-1\/4 in. Long, 13 in. Wide, and 9 in. High.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the 95035 anchor made of and how is it finished?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 95035 is constructed of galvanized steel and is hot-dip galvanized after fabrication, coating all surfaces including welds for corrosion resistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the crown of the 95035 anchor welded or cast?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 95035 has a fully welded crown, engineered with proper angles for secure penetration and holding power.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy is the 95035 anchor marked with the number 4?\u003c\/strong\u003e Tie Down Engineering marks each anchor with a model number, such as the #4 designation on the 95035, that approximates the anchor's weight in pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat type of anchor is the 95035?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 95035 is a fluke-style anchor, using wide flukes that penetrate the bottom quickly and firmly for maximum holding power.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the 95035 anchor hold up in saltwater use?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the 95035 is hot-dip galvanized after fabrication, which provides corrosion resistance suited to saltwater and freshwater environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat comes with the Tie Down Engineering 95035?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 95035 is sold as a standalone fluke anchor; it does not include rope, chain, or a shackle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is the 95035 different from the larger 95040 anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 95035 is the #4 model rated for 240 lbs. Holding capacity on boats 12-16 ft., while the larger #8 model is rated for 480 lbs. On boats 16-24 ft.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Tie Down Engineering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49017660178651,"sku":"T-D-95035","price":38.1,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/61oL3VrJW9L.jpg?v=1785331041"},{"product_id":"tie-down-engineering-95045-super-hooker-anchor-13-740-lb-holding-power-boats-24-30-ft","title":"Tie Down Engineering 95045 Super Hooker Anchor #13, 740 lb Holding Power, Boats 24-30 ft","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tie Down Engineering 95045 is a #13 Super Hooker fluke anchor built for boats in the 24 to 30 foot range. It is designed as a lightweight, easy-to-stow primary anchor that still delivers strong holding power in sand and mud bottoms typical of coastal and inland waterways.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe anchor is hot-dipped galvanized for corrosion resistance in fresh and salt water. Its wide, strong flukes are engineered to penetrate the bottom quickly and firmly, and the fully welded crown configuration sets the flukes at the correct angle for maximum holding power and secure penetration once set. Rated holding power for the 95045 is 740 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 14.76 pounds, the 95045 is manageable for hand deployment and retrieval on boats without a windlass, while remaining substantial enough to hold a boat of its recommended length range in typical anchoring conditions. Overall anchor height is 28-1\/4 inches, with a 21-1\/2 inch stock width and a 14-1\/4 inch fluke height.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is the #13 model size in the Tie Down Engineering Super Hooker anchor lineup, positioned for boats from 24 feet up. Boaters with smaller craft should size down, and those with larger boats should size up within the Super Hooker line to match holding power to vessel length.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tie Down Engineering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 95045\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModel Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e #13\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHolding Power:\u003c\/strong\u003e 740 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Boat Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24 to 30 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14.76 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 28-1\/4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStock Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 21-1\/2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFluke Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14-1\/4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Alloy steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hot-dipped galvanized\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 081628950458\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size boat is the Tie Down Engineering 95045 anchor recommended for?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 95045, model size #13, is recommended for boats from 24 to 30 feet in length.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much holding power does the 95045 Super Hooker anchor provide?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 95045 is rated for 740 pounds of holding power.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the 95045 anchor weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Tie Down Engineering 95045 weighs 14.76 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the 95045 Super Hooker anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e It measures 28-1\/4 inches in height, with a 21-1\/2 inch stock width and a 14-1\/4 inch fluke height.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the 95045 anchor made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 95045 is made from alloy steel with a hot-dipped galvanized finish for corrosion resistance in fresh and salt water.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the 95045 a fluke-style anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the 95045 Super Hooker is a fluke anchor with wide flukes designed to penetrate the bottom quickly and firmly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is the 95045 anchor's crown constructed?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 95045 uses a fully welded crown configuration that sets the flukes at the correct angle for secure penetration and maximum holding power.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat model size number is stamped on this anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e This anchor is model size #13, part number 95045, within the Tie Down Engineering Super Hooker line.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShould I size up or down from the 95045 for a different boat length?\u003c\/strong\u003e Boats shorter than 24 feet should use a smaller Super Hooker model, while larger boats should move up to a bigger model size for adequate holding power; the 95045 is sized specifically for the 24 to 30 foot range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the 95045 anchor include any accessories like chain or rope?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 95045 is the anchor itself; it does not include anchor rope or chain.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat finish protects the 95045 anchor from rust?\u003c\/strong\u003e A hot-dipped galvanized finish is applied to the 95045 to resist corrosion during marine use.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Tie Down Engineering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49017660276955,"sku":"T-D-95045","price":129.18,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/512G5twEUVL.jpg?v=1785331040"},{"product_id":"tie-down-engineering-95050-super-hooker-fluke-anchor-18-1-050-lb-holding-power-fits-boats-30-34-ft","title":"Tie Down Engineering 95050 Super Hooker Fluke Anchor #18, 1,050 lb Holding Power, Fits Boats 30-34 ft","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tie Down Engineering 95050 is a Super Hooker fluke-style anchor built for small to mid-size boats. Designated Model #18, it delivers a maximum holding power of 1,050 pounds while staying light enough at 17.25 pounds for one person to deploy and retrieve by hand. The traditional fluke design digs into the seabed to provide secure, steadfast anchorage across typical boating conditions, and it is recommended for boats measuring 30 to 34 feet in length, making it a common choice for pontoon boats, bass boats, and similar watercraft.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe anchor is constructed from alloy steel and finished with a hot-dip galvanized coating, which protects against corrosion and helps it hold up in marine environments over repeated use. It uses a slip-ring fastener for attaching the anchor rode. Folded dimensions measure 31-3\/4 inches by 24 inches by 16-1\/2 inches, and the finish presents in a silver galvanized color. As an economical alternative to larger, heavier anchor systems, the 95050 offers straightforward, reliable performance for boaters who need dependable holding power without added bulk or weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tie Down Engineering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 95050\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModel:\u003c\/strong\u003e #18\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnchor Style:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fluke Anchor (Super Hooker)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHolding Power:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,050 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Boat Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30 to 34 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 17.25 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 31-3\/4 inches x 24 inches x 16-1\/2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Alloy Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hot-Dip Galvanized\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFastener Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Slip Ring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 081628950502\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eRecommended for boats 30 to 34 feet in length, including pontoon and bass boats\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size boats is the Tie Down Engineering 95050 anchor recommended for?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 95050 Super Hooker anchor is recommended for boats measuring 30 to 34 feet in length.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much holding power does the 95050 anchor provide?\u003c\/strong\u003e This anchor provides a maximum holding power of 1,050 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the 95050 Super Hooker anchor weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 95050 weighs 17.25 pounds, making it light enough to deploy and retrieve by hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the Tie Down Engineering 95050 anchor made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is made from alloy steel with a hot-dip galvanized finish for corrosion resistance in marine environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the folded dimensions of the 95050 anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 95050 measures 31-3\/4 inches by 24 inches by 16-1\/2 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat model number does the Super Hooker 95050 anchor carry?\u003c\/strong\u003e Tie Down Engineering designates the 95050 as Model #18 in its Super Hooker anchor line.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat type of hardware does the 95050 anchor use to attach the rode?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 95050 uses a slip-ring fastener for attaching the anchor line.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the 95050 anchor suitable for pontoon and bass boats?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the 95050 is commonly used on pontoon boats and bass boats within its recommended 30 to 34 foot length range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color or finish does the 95050 anchor come in?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 95050 has a silver, hot-dip galvanized steel finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the 95050 a good choice compared to a heavier anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 95050 Super Hooker offers an economical, lightweight alternative to larger anchors while still delivering 1,050 pounds of holding power for boats in its 30 to 34 foot range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included when you order the 95050 anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 95050 order includes the Super Hooker fluke anchor itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Tie Down Engineering make a larger version of the Super Hooker anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Tie Down Engineering 95055 (Model #22) is a larger Super Hooker anchor rated for boats 34 to 38 feet with 1,300 pounds of holding power, compared to the 95050's 30 to 34 foot range and 1,050 pound rating.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Tie Down Engineering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49017660342491,"sku":"T-D-95050","price":138.2,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/51IzxpZbqIL.jpg?v=1785331040"},{"product_id":"tie-down-engineering-super-hooker-22-fluke-anchor-1-300-lb-holding-power-boats-34-38-feet","title":"Tie Down Engineering Super Hooker #22 Fluke Anchor, 1,300 lb Holding Power, Boats 34-38 Feet","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tie Down Engineering Super Hooker #22 is a traditional fluke-style anchor built for boats in the 34 to 38 foot range, delivering 1,300 pounds of holding power. It uses a fluke design that digs into sand, mud, and similar bottom conditions to provide a secure, stable hold for recreational and professional boaters alike. The anchor is constructed from alloy steel and finished with a hot dip galvanized coating, which protects against corrosion and helps the anchor hold up to repeated use in marine environments. It features a slip ring fastener for attaching rode or chain. At 35 inches long, 26-3\/4 inches wide, and 19 inches tall, this is a full-size anchor sized to match its rated holding power and boat length range. Weighing 25.5 pounds, it offers a straightforward, economical anchoring solution without giving up the holding strength larger boats require. This model is part of the Super Hooker line, identified by model designation #22, which corresponds to its 1,300 pound holding capacity and 34-38 foot boat fitment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tie Down Engineering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 95055\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Line:\u003c\/strong\u003e Super Hooker\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModel:\u003c\/strong\u003e #22\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCategory:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fluke Anchor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHolding Power:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,300 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Boat Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 34 to 38 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 25.5 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 35 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 26-3\/4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 19 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Alloy Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hot dip galvanized\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFastener Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Slip ring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 081628950557\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size boat is the Tie Down Engineering Super Hooker #22 anchor rated for?\u003c\/strong\u003e This anchor is designed for boats in the 34 to 38 foot range, matching its #22 model designation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much holding power does the 95055 anchor provide?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Tie Down Engineering 95055 Super Hooker anchor is rated for 1,300 pounds of holding power.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does this anchor weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Super Hooker #22 anchor, part number 95055, weighs 25.5 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the Super Hooker #22 anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e Part number 95055 measures 35 inches long, 26-3\/4 inches wide, and 19 inches tall.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the Tie Down Engineering 95055 anchor made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is constructed from alloy steel with a hot dip galvanized finish for corrosion resistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this a fluke-style anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Super Hooker #22, part number 95055, uses a traditional fluke-style design that digs into the seabed for a secure hold.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat type of fastener does the anchor use to attach rode or chain?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 95055 Super Hooker anchor uses a slip ring fastener for attaching anchor rode or chain.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color or finish does the anchor come in?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Tie Down Engineering 95055 anchor has a silver hot dip galvanized finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included when I order part number 95055?\u003c\/strong\u003e Ordering part number 95055 includes one Tie Down Engineering Super Hooker #22 anchor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Super Hooker #22 suitable for professional use or just recreational boating?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 95055 Super Hooker anchor is built for both recreational and professional use, offering a cost-effective option without sacrificing its 1,300 pound holding power.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is model #22 different from other Super Hooker sizes?\u003c\/strong\u003e Model #22, part number 95055, is sized for boats 34 to 38 feet with 1,300 pounds of holding power; other Super Hooker models are sized for different boat lengths and holding capacities.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Tie Down Engineering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49017660309723,"sku":"T-D-95055","price":192.98,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/51hD0d_A3L.jpg?v=1785331071"},{"product_id":"tie-down-engineering-8-anchor-kit-95095-super-hooker-anchor-with-100-ft-nylon-line-boats-16-24-ft","title":"Tie Down Engineering #8 Anchor Kit 95095 Super Hooker Anchor with 100 ft Nylon Line, Boats 16-24 ft","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tie Down Engineering #8 Anchor Kit (part number 95095) is a complete boat anchoring system built around the #8 Super Hooker Anchor. The anchor is hot dipped galvanized and features strong, wide flukes that penetrate quickly and firmly to deliver 480 pounds of holding power, making this kit a solid choice for boats in the 16 to 24 foot range. Rather than buying an anchor, line, chain, and shackles separately, this kit bundles everything needed to get anchored: the #8 Super Hooker Anchor, a 100 ft length of 3\/8 inch nylon anchor line fitted with a thimble, a 6 ft length of 1\/4 inch galvanized chain, and two 5\/16 inch shackles to connect the components.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe galvanized finish on both the anchor and chain resists corrosion in marine environments, while the nylon line offers strength with the flexibility needed for anchoring in varying conditions. The one-coil anchor design and included hardware mean the kit is ready to deploy without sourcing additional connecting parts. This is the #8 size kit; boaters with larger vessels should confirm holding power needs against boat length before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tie Down Engineering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 95095\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKit Contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e #8 Super Hooker Anchor, 100 ft nylon anchor line with thimble, 6 ft galvanized chain, two 5\/16 inch shackles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnchor Holding Power:\u003c\/strong\u003e 480 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Boat Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16 to 24 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnchor Line:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3\/8 inch x 100 ft nylon line with thimble\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChain:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/4 inch x 6 ft galvanized chain\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShackles:\u003c\/strong\u003e Two 5\/16 inch shackles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnchor Finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hot dipped galvanized\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Galvanized steel anchor and chain, nylon line\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18.24 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eItem Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 25 x 20.75 x 5.25 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 25.12 x 21.1 x 5.2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of Items:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 081628950953\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eRecommended for boats 16 to 24 feet in length\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included in the Tie Down Engineering 95095 anchor kit?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 95095 kit includes the #8 Super Hooker Anchor, a 100 ft length of 3\/8 inch nylon anchor line with a thimble, a 6 ft length of 1\/4 inch galvanized chain, and two 5\/16 inch shackles to connect them.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size boats is the #8 Anchor Kit designed for?\u003c\/strong\u003e This kit is recommended for boats 16 to 24 feet in length, with the #8 Super Hooker Anchor providing 480 pounds of holding power.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much holding power does the 95095 anchor provide?\u003c\/strong\u003e The #8 Super Hooker Anchor in kit 95095 offers 480 pounds of holding power.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the anchor made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e The #8 Super Hooker Anchor is hot dipped galvanized steel, which resists corrosion in marine environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is the anchor line in this kit?\u003c\/strong\u003e The kit includes a 100 ft length of 3\/8 inch nylon anchor line fitted with a thimble.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the 95095 kit include chain and shackles?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, part number 95095 includes a 6 ft length of 1\/4 inch galvanized chain and two 5\/16 inch shackles to connect the chain, line, and anchor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the #8 Anchor Kit weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Tie Down Engineering 95095 anchor kit weighs 18.24 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the #8 and #13 anchor kits?\u003c\/strong\u003e The #8 kit (95095) offers 480 pounds of holding power for boats 16 to 24 feet, while the larger #13 Anchor Kit offers 740 pounds of holding power for boats 24 to 30 feet.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the anchor kit package?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 95095 anchor kit measures approximately 25.12 x 21.1 x 5.2 inches as packaged, with the anchor itself measuring about 25 x 20.75 x 5.25 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is the anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e The #8 Super Hooker Anchor included in kit 95095 has a gray, hot dipped galvanized finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the anchor line come with a thimble?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the 3\/8 inch x 100 ft nylon anchor line included in the 95095 kit comes fitted with a thimble.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this a complete, ready-to-use anchoring kit?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Tie Down Engineering 95095 kit includes the anchor, line, chain, and shackles needed to anchor a 16 to 24 foot boat without buying additional connecting hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Tie Down Engineering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49017660473563,"sku":"T-D-95095","price":170.32,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/T-D-95095__61720.1780061505.500.750.jpg?v=1785329212"},{"product_id":"lewmar-stainless-steel-claw-anchor-4-4-lb-for-boats-13-16","title":"Lewmar Stainless Steel Claw Anchor, 4.4 lb, for Boats 13'-16'","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Lewmar Stainless Steel Claw Anchor (4.4 lb size) is a one-piece claw-style anchor built for boats 13' to 16'. Its design mirrors the claw anchors used on North Sea oil rigs, giving it a shape that sets quickly in a variety of seabeds and resets reliably if the boat swings or drags. The one-piece stainless steel construction resists corrosion and holds up to repeated use in saltwater environments, and the anchor performs especially well in rock, weed, and coral bottoms where fluke-style anchors can struggle to bite.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMade from high-grade stainless steel, this anchor is finished for durability and long-term marine service. It ships as a single anchor (no rode, chain, or shackle included), ready to be rigged to the owner's ground tackle. Boaters who want dependable, confidence-inspiring holding power without a multi-piece or folding design will find this claw anchor straightforward to deploy, stow, and maintain.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lewmar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0058902\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e Claw Anchor SS 4.4 lb\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4.4 lb\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4.7 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9-13\/16 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-1\/16 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14-3\/16 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Boat Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 13 feet - 16 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of Items:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded Components:\u003c\/strong\u003e Anchor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 743683314452\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size boat is the Lewmar 0058902 claw anchor designed for?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Lewmar Stainless Steel Claw Anchor, part number 0058902, is sized for boats in the 13 foot to 16 foot range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is this claw anchor made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is made from high-grade stainless steel, giving the anchor corrosion resistance and durability for regular marine use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Lewmar claw anchor weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Lewmar Stainless Steel Claw Anchor 0058902 weighs 4.7 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of this anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e The anchor measures 9-13\/16 inches wide, 7-1\/16 inches high, and 14-3\/16 inches long.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the anchor come with chain or rode?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, the Lewmar 0058902 ships as a single anchor only; rode, chain, and shackle are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat seabeds does this claw anchor work best in?\u003c\/strong\u003e This one-piece stainless steel design performs best in rock, weed, and coral bottoms, though it holds well in most bottom types.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this a folding or multi-piece anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, the Lewmar claw anchor uses a one-piece design rather than a folding or multi-part construction.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many anchors are included with part number 0058902?\u003c\/strong\u003e One anchor is included per unit of the Lewmar 0058902 claw anchor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy is this anchor design known for resetting well?\u003c\/strong\u003e The claw shape, based on the design used on North Sea oil rig anchors, allows the Lewmar 0058902 to reset quickly if the boat swings or the anchor breaks free.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat brand and part number should I reference when ordering?\u003c\/strong\u003e This anchor is the Lewmar Stainless Steel Claw Anchor, manufacturer part number 0058902.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lewmar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49025131774171,"sku":"LEW-0058902","price":256.9,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/61qPSQEpXDL.jpg?v=1785331013"},{"product_id":"lewmar-lfx-21-fluke-anchor-21-lb-10-kg-aluminum","title":"Lewmar LFX-21 Fluke Anchor, 21 lb (10 kg), Aluminum","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Lewmar LFX-21 is a 21 lb (10 kg) fluke-style anchor built from high-grade anodized aluminum, engineered to set quickly and hold reliably in mud and sand seabeds. Its weldless construction gives it a streamlined, corrosion-resistant profile suited to marine environments, and the fluke angle is adjustable so the anchor can be tuned to different bottom conditions for better bite and holding power. Despite its strength, the LFX-21 stays lightweight for its class, and it detaches easily with minimal tools when it is time to break the anchor down for locker storage. Lewmar also offers an anchor locker storage bag for this line to keep the anchor and rode organized and protected when stowed. The LFX-21 is part of Lewmar's LFX fluke anchor range, which spans 4 lb, 7 lb, 10 lb, 15 lb, and 21 lb weight options, so boat owners can match anchor size to vessel length and ground tackle requirements. The LFX-21 is Type Approved with the American Bureau of Shipping (ABS) and is being certified for Super High Holding Power (SHHP), reflecting its performance under ABS testing standards. This makes it a suitable primary or secondary anchor for boaters who want a lightweight aluminum fluke anchor with documented holding performance and easy on-deck handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lewmar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0058110\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Line:\u003c\/strong\u003e LFX-21\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 22.1 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnchor Weight Rating:\u003c\/strong\u003e 21 lb (10 kg)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Weldless\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 41.5 x 9 x 4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 743683181740\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCertification:\u003c\/strong\u003e ABS Type Approved\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFluke Angle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adjustable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStorage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easily detachable for locker storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded Components:\u003c\/strong\u003e Anchor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUniversal fluke anchor; not vessel-specific.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eReplaces (OEM)\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo OEM cross-reference numbers apply to this anchor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the weight of the Lewmar LFX-21 anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Lewmar LFX-21 (part number 0058110) is rated at 21 lb (10 kg) and ships at approximately 22.1 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the LFX-21 anchor made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is made from high-grade anodized aluminum, which resists corrosion in marine environments while keeping the anchor lightweight for its holding class.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat type of seabed is the LFX-21 designed for?\u003c\/strong\u003e This fluke-style anchor is designed to set in mud and sand bottoms, using an adjustable fluke angle to improve bite depending on conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the fluke angle on the LFX-21 adjustable?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Lewmar LFX-21 has an adjustable fluke angle that lets the anchor be tuned for different seabed conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the LFX-21 have any welds?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, the LFX-21 uses a weldless construction, giving it a sleek, streamlined profile without weld points.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the LFX-21 certified by any classification society?\u003c\/strong\u003e The LFX-21 is Type Approved with the American Bureau of Shipping (ABS), and it is being certified for Super High Holding Power (SHHP).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow easy is it to store the LFX-21 anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e The LFX-21 is easily detachable with minimal tools, making it convenient to break down and store in an anchor locker.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs a storage bag available for the LFX-21?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, an anchor locker storage bag is available for the LFX-21 to help keep it organized and protected when stowed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat other sizes does the Lewmar LFX anchor line offer?\u003c\/strong\u003e The LFX fluke anchor series, which includes the 21 lb LFX-21, is available in 4 lb, 7 lb, 10 lb, 15 lb, and 21 lb weight options.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included when you order the LFX-21?\u003c\/strong\u003e The LFX-21 (part 0058110) ships as a single anchor unit; rode, chain, and shackles are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the shipping dimensions of the LFX-21?\u003c\/strong\u003e The LFX-21 anchor ships in package dimensions of approximately 41.5 x 9 x 4 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lewmar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49025131970779,"sku":"LEW-0058110","price":761.83,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/51kvwsJsPCL_ae147619-9e3a-4fb9-b421-413f991e74da.jpg?v=1785331090"},{"product_id":"lewmar-lfx-7-fluke-anchor-7-lb-3-2-kg-aluminum-anchor-for-mud-and-sand-part-0058105","title":"Lewmar LFX-7 Fluke Anchor, 7 lb \/ 3.2 kg Aluminum Anchor for Mud and Sand, Part 0058105","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Lewmar LFX-7 is a 7 pound (3.2 kg) fluke-style anchor built for boaters who need dependable holding power in mud and sand seabeds without the bulk of a heavier anchor. It is part of the Lewmar LFX anchor line, which spans several weights for different boat sizes, with the LFX-7 (part number 0058105) sitting at the lighter end for smaller craft and secondary\/lunch-hook use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe anchor is made from high-grade anodized aluminum, giving it strong corrosion resistance for saltwater and freshwater use while keeping overall weight low relative to its holding power. Construction is weldless, which removes weld seams for a cleaner, more streamlined look and reduces potential weak points along the shank and fluke. The shank and fluke angle are adjustable so the anchor can be set to suit different bottom conditions, helping it dig in and hold in mud and sand environments where it performs best.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor storage, the LFX-7 is designed to detach easily with minimal tools, making it practical to break down and stow in an anchor locker or storage bag when not in use. This makes it a good fit for boaters who need to move the anchor between an anchor roller and belowdecks storage regularly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lewmar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0058105\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnchor Model:\u003c\/strong\u003e LFX-7\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnchor Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fluke Anchor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRated Anchor Weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7 pounds (3.2 kg)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShipping Weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 11.1 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Anodized Aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Weldless\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFluke Angle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adjustable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Seabed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mud and Sand\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eItem Dimensions (L x W x H):\u003c\/strong\u003e 32.25 x 7 x 3.5 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Dimensions (L x W x H):\u003c\/strong\u003e 37 x 8.5 x 8.5 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStorage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easily detachable for locker storage, minimal tools required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 743683181726\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size is the Lewmar 0058105 anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Lewmar 0058105 is the LFX-7 model, rated at 7 pounds (3.2 kg), the lightest anchor in the Lewmar LFX fluke anchor line.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat seabed is the LFX-7 anchor designed for?\u003c\/strong\u003e The LFX-7 performs at its best in mud and sand environments, making it well suited to the soft-bottom anchorages common along most coastlines.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the Lewmar LFX-7 anchor made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is made from anodized aluminum, which gives the LFX-7 corrosion resistance for both saltwater and freshwater use while keeping the anchor lightweight for its holding power.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the fluke angle on the LFX-7 adjustable?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the shank and fluke angle on the Lewmar LFX-7 (part 0058105) can be adjusted to suit different bottom conditions, helping the anchor set and hold more effectively.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is the LFX-7 anchor constructed?\u003c\/strong\u003e The LFX-7 uses a weldless construction, which removes weld seams from the shank and fluke for a cleaner, more streamlined profile and avoids weld-related weak points.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Lewmar LFX-7 anchor weigh for shipping?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Lewmar 0058105 LFX-7 anchor has a shipping weight of 11.1 pounds, which includes packaging in addition to the anchor's rated 7 pound anchor weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the LFX-7 anchor be broken down for storage?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the LFX-7 is designed to detach easily with minimal tools, so it can be broken down for compact storage in an anchor locker or storage bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the Lewmar 0058105 anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e The anchor itself measures 32.25 x 7 x 3.5 inches, and it ships in a package measuring 37 x 8.5 x 8.5 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the Lewmar LFX-7 come with a storage bag?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Lewmar LFX anchor line is available with an anchor locker storage bag as an option; the 0058105 LFX-7 is sold as the anchor itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the part number for the Lewmar LFX-7 fluke anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Lewmar LFX-7 fluke anchor's manufacturer part number is 0058105.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the LFX-7 a good anchor for a smaller boat?\u003c\/strong\u003e At 7 pounds (3.2 kg), the LFX-7 (part 0058105) is the lightest weight in the Lewmar LFX fluke anchor range, making it suited to smaller boats or use as a secondary anchor.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lewmar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49025131741403,"sku":"LEW-0058105","price":373.51,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/51kvwsJsPCL_58364cb2-fc1e-4f43-93ee-f5042a39cce9.jpg?v=1785331040"},{"product_id":"lewmar-stainless-steel-dtx-anchor-35-lb-self-launching-plow-anchor-for-boats-26-42-feet","title":"Lewmar Stainless Steel DTX Anchor, 35 lb, Self-Launching Plow Anchor for Boats 26-42 Feet","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Lewmar DTX Anchor is a 35 lb stainless steel plow-style anchor built for boats in the 26 to 42 foot range. It uses a one-piece stainless steel construction designed to resist corrosion in harsh marine environments while holding up to repeated deployment and retrieval. The narrow shank is engineered for deep penetration into the seabed, while a lead ballast concentrated in the tip helps the anchor quickly find the optimal center of gravity and dig in for a secure hold.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis anchor is self-launching, meaning it sets easily off a bow roller without needing to be manually positioned, and its low profile allows it to set immediately once dropped. It is rated to hold in a variety of bottom conditions, including grass, rock, sand, and weeds, making it a versatile choice for cruising in mixed terrain. The one-piece design and holding power of the DTX Anchor are Lloyd's Test Certified.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lewmar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0057216\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Category:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plow Anchor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 36.2 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eItem Dimensions (L x W x H):\u003c\/strong\u003e 32 x 13 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Dimensions (L x W x H):\u003c\/strong\u003e 34 x 15 x 14.5 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e 35 lb\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Boat Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 26 to 42 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of Items:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded Components:\u003c\/strong\u003e Anchor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 999999957216\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eRecommended for boats 26 to 42 feet in length\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size boat is the Lewmar DTX Anchor 0057216 designed for?\u003c\/strong\u003e This 35 lb Lewmar DTX Anchor is recommended for boats in the 26 to 42 foot range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the Lewmar DTX Anchor made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e The DTX Anchor, Lewmar part number 0057216, is made from stainless steel, chosen for durability and corrosion resistance in marine environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the DTX Anchor self-launching?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Lewmar DTX Anchor is self-launching and sets easily from a bow roller without needing to be manually positioned.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Lewmar DTX Anchor weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Lewmar DTX Anchor, model 0057216, weighs 36.2 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the Lewmar DTX Anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e The anchor itself measures 32 x 13 inches, and it ships in packaging measuring 34 x 15 x 14.5 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat bottom conditions does the DTX Anchor hold in?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Lewmar DTX Anchor is designed to set and hold in grass, rock, sand, and weeds, making it suitable for a variety of anchoring conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy does the DTX Anchor have a narrow shank?\u003c\/strong\u003e The narrow shank on the Lewmar DTX Anchor, part number 0057216, is designed for deep penetration into the seabed for a stronger hold.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is inside the tip of the DTX Anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e A lead ballast is built into the tip of the Lewmar DTX Anchor, helping it quickly find the optimal center of gravity so it digs into the seabed effectively.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Lewmar DTX Anchor certified for holding power?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Lewmar DTX Anchor's one-piece design and holding power per pound are Lloyd's Test Certified.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many anchors come in the box?\u003c\/strong\u003e One Lewmar DTX Anchor (part number 0057216) is included; no additional hardware ships with it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this anchor a one-piece or multi-piece design?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Lewmar DTX Anchor, 0057216, uses a one-piece design rather than a jointed or folding construction.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lewmar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49025131806939,"sku":"LEW-0057216","price":1423.86,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/61DE12zUoqL_554c1223-378c-4016-9c62-5bfe8b675339.jpg?v=1785331102"},{"product_id":"lewmar-dtx-stainless-steel-plow-anchor-22-lb-part-0057210-for-boats-25-41-feet","title":"Lewmar DTX Stainless Steel Plow Anchor, 22 lb, Part 0057210, for Boats 25-41 Feet","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Lewmar DTX anchor is a one-piece stainless steel plow anchor built to set immediately at any drop angle, giving consistent holding power without the need to reposition or re-set. This 22 lb model is sized for boats 25 feet to 41 feet in length and uses a narrow shank that penetrates the seabed quickly for deep, secure engagement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eConstruction is 316 stainless steel throughout for corrosion resistance and long-term durability in saltwater and freshwater environments alike. The anchor is self-launching, meaning it deploys cleanly from a bow roller without hanging up or requiring manual adjustment. A lead ballast built into the tip of the anchor helps it find the optimal center of gravity as it drops, so it digs into the seabed in the correct orientation rather than landing flat or on its side. This design gives the DTX anchor a high holding-power-to-weight ratio, independently certified by Lloyd's Test Certification.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe recommended chain size for this anchor is 5\/16 inch or 8 mm. As a one-piece design with no moving pivot parts, the DTX anchor avoids the wear points and rattle common to hinged plow anchors, making it a durable primary or secondary ground tackle choice for cruising and coastal boats in the 25 to 41 foot range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lewmar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0057210\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e DTX Plow Anchor, one-piece design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e 316 stainless steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish\/Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 22.5 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 7\/32 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 11-1\/2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 27 3\/8 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Chain Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5\/16 inch or 8 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Boat Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 25 feet to 41 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeployment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Self-launching from bow roller\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size boats is the Lewmar 0057210 anchor recommended for?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Lewmar DTX anchor, part number 0057210, is recommended for boats 25 feet to 41 feet in length at this 22 lb weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is this anchor made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is made from 316 stainless steel, chosen for corrosion resistance in saltwater and freshwater use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Lewmar 0057210 anchor weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e This anchor weighs 22.5 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the DTX anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Lewmar DTX anchor measures 12 7\/32 inches wide, 11-1\/2 inches tall, and 27 3\/8 inches long.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat chain size should be used with this anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e A chain size of 5\/16 inch or 8 mm is recommended for the Lewmar 0057210 DTX anchor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the DTX anchor self-launching?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the DTX anchor is self-launching and designed to deploy cleanly from a bow roller.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this anchor have a one-piece or hinged design?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Lewmar DTX anchor uses a one-piece design rather than a hinged plow, which avoids the pivot wear points found on hinged anchors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the anchor achieve good holding power for its weight?\u003c\/strong\u003e A lead ballast built into the tip of the DTX anchor helps it find the optimal center of gravity as it drops, so it digs into the seabed properly rather than landing flat; its holding power per pound is certified by Lloyd's Test Certification.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the anchor set correctly no matter how it lands?\u003c\/strong\u003e The narrow shank and weighted tip of the Lewmar DTX anchor, part 0057210, allow it to set immediately when dropped at any angle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included when ordering part number 0057210?\u003c\/strong\u003e The listing for Lewmar part 0057210 includes one 22 lb DTX stainless steel anchor.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lewmar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49025131905243,"sku":"LEW-0057210","price":903.71,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/61DE12zUoqL_9e3d0e26-e771-44af-a60e-baaac2150a8b.jpg?v=1785331102"},{"product_id":"lewmar-lfx-4-fluke-anchor-2-kg-4-lb-anodized-aluminum-model-0058102","title":"Lewmar LFX-4 Fluke Anchor, 2 kg \/ 4 lb, Anodized Aluminum, Model 0058102","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Lewmar LFX-4 (part number 0058102) is a 2 kg \/ 4 lb fluke-style anchor built from anodized aluminum alloy for reliable holding power in mud and sand seabeds. It is the smallest anchor in Lewmar's LFX line, designed for boaters who want dependable performance without the weight of a traditional steel anchor. The fluke and shank angle can be adjusted to suit the bottom conditions the boat is anchoring in, letting the anchor dig in and set quickly whether the seabed is soft mud or looser sand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe LFX-4 is machined and finished as a weldless assembly, which removes weld seams from the construction and gives the anchor a clean, streamlined profile on deck or on a bow roller. The anodized finish is corrosion-resistant, standing up to sustained exposure to saltwater and freshwater alike. Because it is aluminum rather than steel, the anchor is easy to lift, stow, and detach by hand with minimal tools, making it a practical choice for smaller boats or as a lightweight secondary anchor aboard a larger vessel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lewmar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0058102\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModel Designation:\u003c\/strong\u003e LFX-4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnchor Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fluke Anchor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnchor Weight Class:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 kg \/ 4 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4.69 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Anodized Aluminum Alloy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Anodized, corrosion-resistant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Weldless\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTensile Strength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 40000 pounds per square inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Seabed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mud and sand\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 743683181702\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size anchor is the Lewmar 0058102?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Lewmar 0058102 is the LFX-4 model, a 2 kg \/ 4 lb fluke anchor, the smallest size in Lewmar's LFX aluminum fluke anchor line.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat seabed conditions is the LFX-4 anchor designed for?\u003c\/strong\u003e This anchor performs best in mud and sand environments, where its fluke design digs in and sets to provide dependable holding power.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the Lewmar LFX-4 anchor made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is made from anodized aluminum alloy, which is corrosion-resistant and suited to both saltwater and freshwater marine conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the fluke angle be adjusted on this anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the shank and fluke angle on the Lewmar LFX-4 (part number 0058102) can be adjusted depending on the seabed the boat is anchoring in.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the LFX-4 anchor welded or weldless?\u003c\/strong\u003e The LFX-4 is a weldless construction, which removes weld seams for a cleaner, more streamlined look and eliminates weld points as a potential weak spot.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Lewmar 0058102 anchor weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The product weighs 4.69 pounds and is sold as the 2 kg \/ 4 lb LFX-4 model.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the tensile strength of the LFX-4 anchor's aluminum?\u003c\/strong\u003e The aluminum alloy used in the Lewmar LFX-4 anchor has a tensile strength of 40000 pounds per square inch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this anchor easy to store on a boat?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the lightweight aluminum construction of the Lewmar LFX-4 allows for quick storage and detachment with minimal tools required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included when ordering part number 0058102?\u003c\/strong\u003e This listing includes one Lewmar LFX-4 fluke anchor; no additional rode, chain, or shackle hardware is included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat other sizes are available in the Lewmar LFX anchor line?\u003c\/strong\u003e Lewmar offers the LFX line in several weight classes above the 2 kg \/ 4 lb LFX-4, including 3.2 kg \/ 7 lb, 4.5 kg \/ 10 lb, and 7 kg \/ 15 lb models, each under its own part number.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat finish does the Lewmar LFX-4 anchor have?\u003c\/strong\u003e The anchor has an anodized finish, which is tough, durable, and corrosion-resistant.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lewmar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49025131938011,"sku":"LEW-0058102","price":125.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/51kvwsJsPCL_005dddb1-d417-40be-91fd-9b84bdf7f351.jpg?v=1785331089"},{"product_id":"lewmar-lfx-4-fluke-anchor-2kg-4lb-anodized-aluminum-for-mud-and-sand-seabeds","title":"Lewmar LFX-4 Fluke Anchor, 2kg\/4lb, Anodized Aluminum, for Mud and Sand Seabeds","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Lewmar LFX-4 is a lightweight fluke-style anchor built from high-grade anodized aluminum, giving it a tough, corrosion-resistant finish suited to marine environments. Weighing in at 2kg\/4lbs, the LFX-4 is the smallest size in Lewmar's LFX fluke anchor line, designed to deliver dependable holding power without adding unnecessary weight to your bow locker. The anchor uses a weldless construction, which removes seam welds for a cleaner, more streamlined profile and reduces potential failure points compared to welded designs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIts adjustable shank and fluke angle let the anchor be set for different seabed conditions, and the design sets well in mud and sand bottoms. The fluke shape and lightweight aluminum body make the LFX-4 easy to handle, store, and detach from its rode with minimal tools, which is useful for boaters who need to stow and deploy ground tackle quickly. As part of the broader Lewmar LFX range, the LFX-4 shares its finish and construction approach with larger LFX sizes, so boat owners can size up within the same product family as vessel size or storage requirements change.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lewmar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0058103\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModel:\u003c\/strong\u003e LFX-4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnchor Weight Class:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 kg \/ 4 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminum, anodized finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Weldless\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFluke Angle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adjustable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Seabed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mud and sand\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnchor Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fluke\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUniversal fluke anchor; no make, engine, or year-specific fitment applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eReplaces (OEM)\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo OEM cross-reference numbers apply to this anchor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Lewmar LFX-4 anchor weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The LFX-4 is Lewmar's 2kg\/4lb fluke anchor, the lightest size in the LFX line, with a shipping weight of 8 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the LFX-4 anchor made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is made from anodized aluminum, giving the Lewmar LFX-4 (part number 0058103) a tough, corrosion-resistant finish for marine use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat type of seabed does the LFX-4 work best in?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Lewmar LFX-4 fluke anchor is designed to set well in mud and sand bottoms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the fluke angle be adjusted on this anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the LFX-4 has an adjustable shank and fluke angle so it can be set differently depending on seabed conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the LFX-4 anchor welded?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, the Lewmar LFX-4 uses a weldless construction, giving it a cleaner profile than traditional welded fluke anchors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat other sizes are available in the Lewmar LFX line?\u003c\/strong\u003e Beyond the LFX-4 (2kg\/4lbs, part 0058103), Lewmar offers the LFX-7 (3.2kg\/7lbs), LFX-10 (4.5kg\/10lbs), LFX-15 (7kg\/15lbs), and LFX-21 (10kg\/21lbs), each under its own part number.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the LFX-4 come as a complete anchor, ready to use?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Lewmar LFX-4 (0058103) ships as a single complete fluke anchor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the LFX-4 differ from the larger LFX-7 or LFX-10?\u003c\/strong\u003e The LFX-4 is the lightest option in the range at 2kg\/4lbs, while the LFX-7 (3.2kg\/7lbs) and LFX-10 (4.5kg\/10lbs) offer additional weight and holding power for larger vessels; each size is a separate part number.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Lewmar LFX-4 easy to store on board?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, its lightweight aluminum build and simple detachment from the rode make the LFX-4 quick to stow with minimal tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat finish does the LFX-4 anchor have?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Lewmar LFX-4 has a durable anodized aluminum finish that resists corrosion in saltwater and freshwater environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the LFX-4 an OEM Lewmar part or an aftermarket copy?\u003c\/strong\u003e The LFX-4, part number 0058103, is a genuine Lewmar anchor, not an aftermarket equivalent.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lewmar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49025132036315,"sku":"LEW-0058103","price":215.26,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/51kvwsJsPCL.jpg?v=1785331003"},{"product_id":"lewmar-delta-anchor-0057404-9-lb-galvanized-steel-plow-anchor-for-boats-12-to-21-feet","title":"Lewmar Delta Anchor 0057404, 9 lb Galvanized Steel Plow Anchor for Boats 12 to 21 Feet","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Lewmar Delta Anchor (part number 0057404) is a 9 pound galvanized steel plow-style anchor built for boats from 12 to 21 feet in length. Its one-piece construction uses a narrow shank for deep penetration and a lead-ballasted tip that quickly finds the optimal center of gravity as it digs into the seabed. This low center of gravity and self-righting geometry allow the anchor to set immediately once it reaches the bottom, and it holds reliably across a range of seabed types including grass, rock, sand, and weeds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAn integrated eye at the crown accepts a trip line for retrieval in fouled or rocky bottoms. The anchor is self-launching and balanced to fall away cleanly from a bow roller, making it well suited for use with a remotely operated windlass as well as manual deployment. It is constructed from high-grade manganese steel with a galvanized finish for corrosion resistance in marine environments, and its holding power per pound is certified by Lloyd's Register.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lewmar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0057404\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnchor Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Delta (plow-style), one-piece design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20-1\/4 inches L x 9 inches W x 9 inches H\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Boat Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 feet to 21 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Galvanized steel (manganese steel)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish\/Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Galvanized (silver)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTrip Line Provision:\u003c\/strong\u003e Integrated eye at the crown\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHolding Power Certification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lloyd's Register certified\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 743683314582\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size boats is the Lewmar Delta Anchor 0057404 recommended for?\u003c\/strong\u003e This 9 pound Lewmar Delta Anchor is recommended for boats from 12 to 21 feet in length.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does this anchor weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Lewmar Delta Anchor 0057404 weighs 9 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the Lewmar Delta Anchor made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is made from high-grade manganese steel with a galvanized finish for corrosion resistance in marine use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Lewmar Delta Anchor measures 20-1\/4 inches long by 9 inches wide by 9 inches high.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this anchor certified for holding power?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Lewmar Delta Anchor's holding power per pound is certified by Lloyd's Register.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this anchor be used with a windlass?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Delta Anchor 0057404 is self-launching and balanced to fall cleanly away from a bow roller, making it suitable for use with a remotely operated windlass.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the anchor have a trip line attachment?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, it includes an integrated eye at the crown for attaching a trip line, which helps with retrieval in fouled or rocky bottoms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat types of seabeds does the Delta Anchor hold well in?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Lewmar Delta Anchor holds reliably in grass, rock, sand, and weeds thanks to its low center of gravity and self-righting geometry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy does this anchor set quickly?\u003c\/strong\u003e A lead-ballasted tip and narrow shank allow the anchor to find its center of gravity and dig into the seabed as soon as it lands, giving it fast, consistent setting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this a one-piece or folding anchor design?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Lewmar Delta Anchor 0057404 has a one-piece construction rather than a folding or multi-part design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included when I order this anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e Ordering part number 0057404 includes one Lewmar Delta Anchor; no chain, rode, or shackle is included.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lewmar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49025133281499,"sku":"LEW-57404","price":204.13,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/41mUurNqtpL.jpg?v=1785331030"},{"product_id":"lewmar-delta-anchor-0057406-14-lb-galvanized-steel-self-launching-for-boats-21-31-ft","title":"Lewmar Delta Anchor 0057406, 14 lb Galvanized Steel, Self-Launching for Boats 21-31 ft","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Lewmar Delta Anchor (part number 0057406) is a 14 lb galvanized steel plow-style anchor built for boats 21 feet to 31 feet in length. Manufactured from high grade manganese steel and hot-dip galvanized for corrosion resistance, this anchor is engineered with a unique shank profile and a ballasted tip that make it self-launching, meaning it deploys cleanly off a bow roller without manual guidance. Its low center of gravity and self-righting geometry allow the Delta Anchor to right itself and set immediately on contact with the seabed, providing consistent and reliable holding performance across a range of bottom conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Delta Anchor design carries Lloyd's Register General Approval as a High Holding Power anchor and is used as primary ground tackle by numerous National Lifeboat organizations, reflecting its performance under demanding conditions. This 14 lb model measures 23-3\/8 inches long by 10-3\/8 inches wide by 10-1\/4 inches high and is sized for a recommended chain of 1\/4 inch or 6-7 mm. It is also available in premium grade Duplex\/High Tensile stainless steel for buyers wanting a non-galvanized alternative. Every Delta Anchor is guaranteed for life against breakage, and Lloyd's Test Certification can be arranged for individual anchors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lewmar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0057406\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnchor Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Delta (plow style)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 23-3\/8 inches L x 10-3\/8 inches W x 10-1\/4 inches H\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Chain Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/4 inch or 6-7 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Boat Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 21 feet to 31 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e High grade manganese steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Galvanized\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e Self-launching\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCertification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lloyd's Register Type Approval (High Holding Power anchor design)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 743683314520\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat boat sizes is the Lewmar 0057406 Delta Anchor recommended for?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Lewmar Delta Anchor 0057406 is recommended for boats from 21 feet to 31 feet in length.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does this anchor weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e It weighs 14 pounds, making it the 6 kg \/ 14 lb size in the Lewmar Delta Anchor lineup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat chain size should I use with the Lewmar Delta Anchor 0057406?\u003c\/strong\u003e A chain size of 1\/4 inch or 6-7 mm is recommended for use with this anchor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the Lewmar Delta Anchor made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e This anchor is manufactured from high grade manganese steel with a galvanized finish for corrosion resistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Delta Anchor self-launching?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. The Lewmar Delta Anchor's shank profile and ballasted tip allow it to launch itself cleanly off a bow roller without manual guidance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the Delta Anchor have any safety or performance certifications?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Delta Anchor design holds Lloyd's Register General Approval as a High Holding Power anchor, and Lloyd's Test Certification can be arranged for individual anchors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the 14 lb Lewmar Delta Anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 14 lb Delta Anchor (part 0057406) measures 23-3\/8 inches long by 10-3\/8 inches wide by 10-1\/4 inches high.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy does the Delta Anchor set quickly compared to other anchor styles?\u003c\/strong\u003e Its low center of gravity and self-righting geometry let the Delta Anchor right itself on the seabed and set immediately on contact.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs a stainless steel version of this anchor available?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Delta Anchor is also offered in premium grade Duplex\/High Tensile stainless steel as an alternative to the galvanized steel 0057406.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included when I order part number 0057406?\u003c\/strong\u003e Part number 0057406 includes one Lewmar Delta Anchor; chain and rode are ordered separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat warranty covers the Lewmar Delta Anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Delta Anchor, including part 0057406, is guaranteed for life against breakage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Delta Anchor used by any professional or safety organizations?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Delta Anchor is specified as the primary anchor by numerous National Lifeboat organizations.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lewmar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49025133314267,"sku":"LEW-57406","price":289.4,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/41hZd6SL2kL.jpg?v=1785331030"},{"product_id":"lewmar-galvanized-delta-anchor-0057416-35-lb-manganese-steel-plow-anchor-for-boats-35-to-52-feet","title":"Lewmar Galvanized Delta Anchor 0057416, 35 lb Manganese Steel Plow Anchor for Boats 35 to 52 Feet","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Lewmar Galvanized Delta Anchor (part number 0057416) is a 35 pound plow-style anchor built from high grade manganese steel and finished in galvanized coating for corrosion resistance. It uses a one-piece design that Lewmar states delivers the highest holding power per pound of any anchor in its testing, with holding power certified by Lloyd's Test Certification. The anchor's narrow shank is engineered for deep penetration into the seabed, and a lead ballast cast into the tip helps the anchor quickly find its optimal center of gravity so it digs in and sets immediately once dropped from the bow roller. This self-launching design and low profile allow it to set consistently and reliably in a range of bottom conditions including sand, mud, grass, rock, and weeds, with fast penetration noted specifically in sand and slime bottoms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis anchor measures 32 inches long by 14-1\/8 inches wide by 24-1\/8 inches high and is recommended for boats 35 feet to 52 feet in length. The recommended chain size to pair with this anchor is 5\/16 inch or 8 mm. As a Delta-style plow anchor, it is intended as a primary bow anchor for cruising and overnight anchoring applications where dependable initial set and consistent holding are priorities.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lewmar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0057416\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnchor Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Delta (plow) anchor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 35 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 32 inches L x 14-1\/8 inches W x 24-1\/8 inches H\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e High grade manganese steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Galvanized\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e One-piece, self-launching\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Chain Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5\/16 inch or 8 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Boat Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 35 feet to 52 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHolding Power Certification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lloyd's Test Certification\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 743683314605\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size boat is the Lewmar 0057416 anchor designed for?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Lewmar Galvanized Delta Anchor 0057416 is recommended for boats between 35 feet and 52 feet in length.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does this anchor weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e This Delta anchor weighs 35 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the Lewmar Delta Anchor made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is made from high grade manganese steel with a galvanized finish for corrosion resistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat chain size should be used with the 0057416 Delta anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e Lewmar recommends 5\/16 inch or 8 mm chain for use with the 0057416 Delta Anchor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of this anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Lewmar 0057416 measures 32 inches long by 14-1\/8 inches wide by 24-1\/8 inches high.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this anchor set easily on the first drop?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the one-piece design and lead-weighted tip of the Lewmar Delta Anchor allow it to find its center of gravity and set immediately once dropped from the bow roller.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat bottom types does the Lewmar Delta Anchor work well in?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is designed to set consistently in sand, mud, grass, rock, and weeds, with fast penetration in sand and slime bottoms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the holding power of this anchor independently certified?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the holding power of the Lewmar Galvanized Delta Anchor 0057416 is certified by Lloyd's Test Certification.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this a one-piece or welded anchor design?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 0057416 Delta Anchor is a one-piece design rather than a welded or bolted construction.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does the part number 0057416 refer to?\u003c\/strong\u003e 0057416 is the Lewmar manufacturer part number for the 35 pound Galvanized Delta Anchor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included when ordering this anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e Ordering part number 0057416 includes one Lewmar Galvanized Delta Anchor; chain and rode are sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy does the Delta shape matter for anchor performance?\u003c\/strong\u003e The narrow shank of the Lewmar Delta Anchor 0057416 is designed for deep penetration into the seabed, contributing to its holding performance.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lewmar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49025133379803,"sku":"LEW-57416","price":445.56,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/41GMPyun2IL_2c71588f-1a20-4023-8ac0-721b34b7fde2.jpg?v=1785331040"},{"product_id":"lewmar-delta-anchor-45-lb-galvanized-plow-anchor-part-number-0057420","title":"Lewmar Delta Anchor, 45 lb Galvanized Plow Anchor, Part Number 0057420","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Lewmar Delta Anchor (Part Number 0057420) is a 45 lb galvanized plow-style anchor built for reliable holding in a range of seabeds. Its plow-type design is a proven anchor style favored for setting quickly and resetting itself if wind or current shifts the boat's direction, and the galvanized finish provides a durable, corrosion-resistant surface for saltwater and freshwater use. As a Lewmar product, this anchor is designed to work with compatible bow rollers and windlass systems sized for a 45 lb plow anchor. The unit ships at a total weight of 47.05 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lewmar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0057420\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnchor Weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 45 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Galvanized\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnchor Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Delta (plow-style)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 47.05 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 743683314636\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Lewmar Delta Anchor 0057420 weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Lewmar Delta Anchor, part number 0057420, is a 45 lb anchor, with the anchor shipping at a total product weight of 47.05 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat finish does this Delta anchor have?\u003c\/strong\u003e This Lewmar Delta Anchor has a galvanized finish, giving part number 0057420 corrosion resistance for marine use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat type of anchor is the Lewmar 0057420?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is a Delta-style plow anchor, a design known for setting quickly and holding well across different seabed types.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this the genuine Lewmar Delta Anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, this listing is for the genuine Lewmar Delta Anchor identified by manufacturer part number 0057420.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the manufacturer part number for this anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e The manufacturer part number is 0057420, which identifies this specific 45 lb galvanized Lewmar Delta Anchor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the UPC for the Lewmar Delta Anchor 0057420?\u003c\/strong\u003e The UPC for this 45 lb Lewmar Delta Anchor is 743683314636.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the anchor weight of 45 lb refer to the anchor itself or the shipping weight?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 45 lb figure is the anchor's rated weight, while the total product weight for part number 0057420 is 47.05 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat category does this Lewmar anchor fall under?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Lewmar 0057420 is listed as a plow anchor, reflecting its Delta plow-style design.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lewmar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49025133412571,"sku":"LEW-57420","price":682.2,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/i_f470589a-ec49-475f-83df-6d1a2bace848.jpg?v=1785349683"},{"product_id":"lewmar-4-4-lb-galvanized-steel-claw-anchor","title":"Lewmar 4.4 lb Galvanized Steel Claw Anchor","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Lewmar 4.4 lb Galvanized Steel Claw Anchor is a Bruce-style claw anchor built for small to mid-size boats that need a dependable, quick-setting hold. The anchor is constructed from one-piece, high-tensile steel that is heat-treated for strength, then finished with a galvanized coating designed to resist corrosion from moisture and marine weather over repeated use. Its claw-shaped fluke design allows the anchor to set rapidly across a variety of seabeds and to reset itself automatically as the boat swings or veers with wind and current, without needing to be reset by hand. The compact, one-piece profile has no moving parts to jam or foul, which simplifies both deployment and retrieval. It is compatible with a range of common bow roller styles, making it straightforward to store, drop, and weigh from the bow of the boat. At 4.4 lb, this claw anchor is sized for smaller boats and is offered as part of a broader range of Lewmar claw anchor sizes and weights, so boat owners can match anchor size to vessel length and displacement. It ships as a single anchor unit, ready to be rigged to rode or chain.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lewmar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0057902\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnchor Style:\u003c\/strong\u003e Claw (Bruce-style)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight Class:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4.4 lb\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4.5 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e High-tensile, heat-treated steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish\/Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Galvanized Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12.6 x 8.9 x 8.82 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of Items:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded Components:\u003c\/strong\u003e Anchor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 Year Manufacturer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 743683405990\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size boat is the Lewmar 4.4 lb Claw Anchor made for?\u003c\/strong\u003e This is the 4.4 lb size in Lewmar's claw anchor lineup, intended for smaller boats; larger and heavier Lewmar claw anchors are available for bigger vessels, so buyers should match the weight class to their boat's length and displacement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the claw anchor made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Lewmar 4.4 lb Claw Anchor is built from one-piece, high-tensile steel that is heat-treated for strength and then given a galvanized finish to resist corrosion in marine environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this anchor reset itself if the boat swings around?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Bruce-style claw design of the Lewmar 0057902 anchor is built to reset automatically as the boat veers with wind or current, without needing to be manually reset.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the anchor weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Lewmar 4.4 lb Claw Anchor weighs 4.5 pounds as shipped.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the packaged dimensions of this anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Lewmar 4.4 lb Claw Anchor ships in packaging measuring 12.6 x 8.9 x 8.82 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill this anchor work with my bow roller?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Lewmar Claw Anchor is designed to be used with a variety of common bow roller styles, which makes dropping, weighing, and storing the anchor straightforward on most setups.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat seabeds does the claw anchor set well in?\u003c\/strong\u003e The claw-style fluke on the Lewmar 0057902 anchor is designed to set quickly across a variety of seabed types.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this a one-piece anchor or does it fold?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Lewmar 4.4 lb Claw Anchor is a one-piece, high-tensile steel construction rather than a folding design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat finish protects the anchor from rust?\u003c\/strong\u003e A galvanized finish is applied to the Lewmar Claw Anchor to help it withstand moisture, weather, and other marine conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included when I order this anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Lewmar 4.4 lb Claw Anchor (part number 0057902) ships as a single anchor unit; rode, chain, and shackles are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat warranty comes with the Lewmar Claw Anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e Lewmar backs the 4.4 lb Claw Anchor with a 3 year manufacturer warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lewmar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49025133445339,"sku":"LEW-57902","price":33.32,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/71DCHWLnk6L_e540a490-8bae-4038-b974-9f1da54030a9.jpg?v=1785330990"},{"product_id":"lewmar-claw-anchor-16-5-lb-galvanized-steel-for-boats-24-30-feet","title":"Lewmar Claw Anchor 16.5 lb, Galvanized Steel, for Boats 24-30 Feet","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Lewmar Claw Anchor is a one-piece galvanized steel anchor built for boats 24 to 30 feet in length. Its claw-style design is modeled on the anchors used by North Sea oil rigs, giving it a proven shape that sets quickly across a wide range of seabeds and resets fast if the boat swings or drags. The one-piece construction eliminates moving parts that can jam or wear out, so the anchor performs consistently anchoring after anchoring.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis anchor is made from high-grade steel and hot-dip galvanized for corrosion resistance in saltwater and freshwater environments. It holds well in most bottom types and performs especially well in rock, weed, and coral, where fluke-style anchors often struggle to bite. The claw shape allows it to right itself quickly and dig in regardless of which way it lands on the bottom.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 16.5 pounds, this size is intended for boats in the 24 to 30 foot range. The anchor measures 13 inches wide by 10-1\/4 inches high by 19-1\/2 inches long. It ships as a single anchor and does not include rode, chain, or a shackle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lewmar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0057907\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lewmar Galvanized Claw Anchor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnchor Weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16.5 lb (7.5 kg)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 13 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10-1\/4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 19-1\/2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Boat Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-30 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Steel, galvanized\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor\/Finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver (galvanized)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of Items:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded Components:\u003c\/strong\u003e Anchor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShipping Weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 17 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 743683406010\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size boat is the Lewmar 16.5 lb claw anchor designed for?\u003c\/strong\u003e This anchor size is intended for boats in the 24 to 30 foot range. Lewmar part number 0057907 is the 16.5 pound version of the claw anchor line.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Lewmar claw anchor made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is made from high-grade steel and hot-dip galvanized for corrosion resistance, which is standard construction for the Lewmar claw anchor, part number 0057907.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow well does this anchor hold in different bottom types?\u003c\/strong\u003e The claw shape holds well in most bottom types and performs best in rock, weed, and coral, where the anchor's design lets it dig in and reset quickly if it drags.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the Lewmar 16.5 lb claw anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e It measures 13 inches wide by 10-1\/4 inches high by 19-1\/2 inches long, part number 0057907.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the claw anchor come with chain, rode, or a shackle?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. The Lewmar claw anchor (0057907) ships as a single anchor only; chain, rode, and shackle are sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this a one-piece or folding anchor design?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is a one-piece design with no moving parts, which is part of what allows the Lewmar claw anchor to set and reset quickly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy is it called a claw anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e The design replicates the shape used by anchors on North Sea oil rigs, which is where the claw anchor style, including Lewmar part 0057907, gets its name.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat finish protects the anchor from rust?\u003c\/strong\u003e The anchor is galvanized, giving it a silver finish over the steel body that resists corrosion in marine use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Lewmar claw anchor weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The anchor itself weighs 16.5 pounds (7.5 kg); as shipped with packaging, the total weight is 17 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the claw anchor reset itself if the boat swings at anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the claw design is built to reset quickly when the boat swings or the anchor breaks free, which is a key feature of the Lewmar claw anchor line.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lewmar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49025133510875,"sku":"LEW-57907","price":163.24,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/51SOCkwDPiL.jpg?v=1785331030"},{"product_id":"lewmar-claw-anchor-0057910-22-lb-galvanized-steel-fits-boats-38-44-feet","title":"Lewmar Claw Anchor 0057910, 22 lb Galvanized Steel, Fits Boats 38-44 Feet","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Lewmar 0057910 is a 22 lb galvanized claw anchor built for boats between 38 and 44 feet. It uses a Bruce-style claw design that sets quickly across a variety of seabeds and resets on its own after the boat veers with wind or current, so it holds through changing conditions without needing to be reset by hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe anchor is machined from one-piece, high-tensile steel and heat-treated for exceptional strength, giving it a rock-solid hold under load. A galvanized finish is applied over the steel to resist the moisture and weathering common in marine environments, helping the anchor hold up to repeated saltwater exposure over time. Its shape and shank are designed to work with a variety of bow roller styles, making it straightforward to drop, weigh, and stow the anchor without special hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is the 22 lb size in Lewmar's claw anchor lineup, identified by part number 0057910, and is sized for the 38 to 44 foot boat range noted above. It ships as a single anchor unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lewmar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0057910\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCategory:\u003c\/strong\u003e Claw Anchor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 23 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNominal Anchor Weight Class:\u003c\/strong\u003e 22 lb\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Galvanized\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnchor Style:\u003c\/strong\u003e Claw (Bruce-style)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18.15 x 13.5 x 13.11 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 743683406027\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded Components:\u003c\/strong\u003e Anchor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Boat Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 38 to 44 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size boat is the Lewmar 0057910 claw anchor designed for?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Lewmar 0057910 is recommended for boats between 38 and 44 feet, matching its 22 lb claw anchor size.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Lewmar claw anchor made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is machined from one-piece, high-tensile steel that is heat-treated for strength, then finished with a galvanized coating for corrosion resistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this anchor have a protective coating?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Lewmar 0057910 has a galvanized finish designed to stand up to moisture and weathering in marine environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Lewmar 0057910 weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The anchor ships at a weight of 23 pounds and is sold as the 22 lb nominal size in Lewmar's claw anchor lineup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat style of anchor is the Lewmar 0057910?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is a claw anchor with a Bruce-style design, which sets quickly in a variety of seabeds and resets automatically after the boat veers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included when I order this anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Lewmar 0057910 ships as a single anchor unit; chain, rode, and shackle are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the Lewmar 0057910 work with my bow roller?\u003c\/strong\u003e Its claw shape is designed to be compatible with a variety of bow roller styles, making it easy to drop, weigh, and stow.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does a claw-style anchor like the 0057910 hold differently than other anchor types?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Bruce-style claw on the Lewmar 0057910 is built to set quickly across different seabed conditions and reset on its own as the boat's position shifts with wind or current.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the 0057910 a genuine Lewmar anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, it is manufactured by Lewmar under part number 0057910, not a generic or aftermarket copy.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the package dimensions for the Lewmar 0057910?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Lewmar 0057910 claw anchor ships in a package measuring 18.15 x 13.5 x 13.11 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the UPC for the Lewmar 0057910 claw anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e The UPC for the Lewmar 0057910, 22 lb galvanized claw anchor is 743683406027.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lewmar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49025133543643,"sku":"LEW-57910","price":188.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/51fPDABJ-3L_7668e992-9f3b-40cb-a768-c685bface2f5.jpg?v=1785331030"},{"product_id":"lewmar-claw-anchor-0057920-44-lb-galvanized-steel-anchor","title":"Lewmar Claw Anchor 0057920, 44 lb Galvanized Steel Anchor","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Lewmar Claw Anchor 0057920 is a 44 lb galvanized steel anchor built for reliable holding power on the open water. It is constructed from a single piece of high-strength, high-tensile steel that is heat-treated for exceptional strength, then finished with a galvanized coating to resist the moisture and weathering common in marine environments. The anchor uses a Bruce-style claw design that sets quickly across a variety of seabeds and resets itself as the boat swings or veers, which makes it a dependable choice for anchoring without repeated re-setting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIts shape allows it to be used with a range of bow roller styles, so dropping, weighing, and stowing the anchor is straightforward on boats equipped with a compatible roller. This 44 lb size is intended for boats in the 47 to 55 foot range. The anchor ships as a single unit and does not include chain, rode, or a bow roller.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lewmar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0057920\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnchor Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Claw (Bruce-style)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 47.32 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnchor Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 44 lb\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eItem Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 x 12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Galvanized\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Boat Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 47 feet to 55 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of Items:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 743683406041\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size boat is the Lewmar Claw Anchor 0057920 designed for?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 44 lb Lewmar Claw Anchor (part number 0057920) is sized for boats in the 47 to 55 foot range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Lewmar Claw Anchor made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is made from one-piece, high-tensile steel that is heat-treated for strength, then given a galvanized finish for corrosion resistance in marine environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the claw anchor reset itself if the boat swings direction?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Bruce-style claw design on the Lewmar 0057920 resets as needed after the boat veers, without requiring the anchor to be re-dropped.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does this anchor weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Lewmar Claw Anchor 0057920 weighs 47.32 pounds as shipped, and is sold as the 44 lb size class of Lewmar's claw anchor line.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the 44 lb Lewmar Claw Anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e The anchor measures 12 x 12 inches, part number 0057920.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill this anchor work with my bow roller?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Lewmar Claw Anchor 0057920 is shaped to be compatible with a variety of bow roller styles, making it easy to drop, weigh, and stow on boats already fitted with a roller.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the anchor come with chain or rode?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, the Lewmar Claw Anchor 0057920 includes only the anchor itself; chain, rode, and a bow roller are sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Lewmar 0057920 a genuine Lewmar part?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, part number 0057920 is Lewmar's own manufacturer part number for this 44 lb galvanized claw anchor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat type of seabed does this claw anchor work best in?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Bruce-style claw of the Lewmar Claw Anchor 0057920 is designed to set quickly across a variety of seabed types.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many anchors come in the package?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Lewmar Claw Anchor 0057920 is sold as a single anchor unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat finish protects the anchor from rust?\u003c\/strong\u003e A galvanized finish is applied to the steel of the Lewmar Claw Anchor 0057920 to withstand moisture and weather exposure.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lewmar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49025133609179,"sku":"LEW-57920","price":326.56,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/51fPDABJ-3L_bfad3763-d9f2-456a-b391-ba3f64c56e3f.jpg?v=1785331030"},{"product_id":"lewmar-galvanized-claw-anchor-33-lb-model-0057915-for-boats-41-to-47-feet","title":"Lewmar Galvanized Claw Anchor, 33 lb, Model 0057915, for Boats 41 to 47 Feet","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Lewmar Galvanized Claw Anchor (33 lb, part number 0057915) is a one-piece claw-style anchor built for reliable setting and quick resetting across a variety of seabeds. It is manufactured from high-grade steel and hot-dip galvanized for corrosion resistance and long service life in saltwater and freshwater environments. The claw design traces back to anchors originally developed for oil rig mooring in the North Sea, and it carries that same holding profile into recreational boating use, performing best in rock, weed, and coral bottoms while still holding well across most other bottom types and conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis 33 lb size is intended for boats in the 41 to 47 foot range and ships as a single anchor with no additional hardware included. Its one-piece steel construction avoids moving parts or hinges that can wear or seize over time, and the galvanized finish is designed to withstand repeated deployment and retrieval without significant surface degradation. Boaters use it as a primary bow anchor for anchoring in open water, coastal cruising, and overnight mooring where dependable setting and resetting behavior matters most.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lewmar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0057915\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Category:\u003c\/strong\u003e Claw Anchor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e 33 lb\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 34 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16 9\/16 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 13 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24 5\/8 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Galvanized steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Boat Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 41 to 47 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of Items:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 743683406034\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRecommended for boats 41 to 47 feet in length. This is a universal anchor and is not engine- or drive-specific.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eReplaces (OEM)\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo OEM cross-reference numbers apply to this anchor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size boat is the Lewmar 33 lb claw anchor designed for?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Lewmar 33 lb claw anchor (part number 0057915) is recommended for boats 41 to 47 feet in length.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is this anchor made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e Part number 0057915 is made from galvanized steel, giving the claw anchor corrosion resistance for repeated saltwater and freshwater use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Lewmar 0057915 claw anchor weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e This claw anchor weighs 34 pounds, consistent with its 33 lb size class designation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the Lewmar 33 lb claw anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e The anchor measures 16 9\/16 inches wide, 13 inches high, and 24 5\/8 inches long.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Lewmar claw anchor a one-piece or hinged design?\u003c\/strong\u003e Part number 0057915 is a one-piece claw anchor with no hinged flukes, which helps it set quickly and reset reliably without moving parts to seize or wear.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat seabeds does this anchor work best in?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Lewmar 33 lb claw anchor performs best in rock, weed, and coral bottoms, while still holding well in most other bottom types and conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the Lewmar claw anchor come with chain or rode?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. Part number 0057915 ships as a single anchor only; chain, rode, and shackles are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included in the box with this anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e The package contains one Lewmar galvanized claw anchor, model 0057915, and no additional hardware or accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre there OEM cross-reference numbers for this anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e No OEM replacement or cross-reference numbers apply to the Lewmar 0057915 claw anchor; it is sold and identified under its own Lewmar part number.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere did the claw anchor design originate?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Lewmar galvanized claw anchor replicates the design used on North Sea oil rig moorings, adapted by Lewmar for recreational boat anchoring.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this anchor suitable for smaller boats than 41 feet?\u003c\/strong\u003e Part number 0057915 in the 33 lb size is recommended for boats 41 to 47 feet; smaller boats should use a lighter Lewmar claw anchor size instead.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lewmar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49025133641947,"sku":"LEW-57915","price":270.2,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/51fPDABJ-3L_0a2f1530-4a55-4f2c-9214-0bfb7530edb9.jpg?v=1785331024"},{"product_id":"lewmar-8-lb-galvanized-fluke-anchor-kit-69600906-boats-up-to-18-feet-100-ft-3-strand-rode-with-5-ft-chain","title":"Lewmar 8 lb. Galvanized Fluke Anchor Kit 69600906, Boats up to 18 Feet, 100 ft 3-Strand Rode with 5 ft Chain","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Lewmar 8 lb. Galvanized Fluke Anchor Kit (part number 69600906) is a complete, ready-to-deploy anchoring package built for boats up to 18 feet. The kit pairs an 8 pound hot dip galvanized fluke anchor with 100 feet of premium grade 3\/8 inch 3-strand rope rode and 5 feet of 6mm calibrated chain, so there is no separate shopping for line, chain, or connecting hardware. The fluke design digs in and holds well in mud and sand bottoms, and the fluke angle is adjustable to suit different bottom conditions, giving boaters more control over holding power than a fixed-angle anchor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe anchor and hardware carry a galvanized finish for corrosion resistance in fresh and salt water use. The kit includes a Lewmar Quick Splice for joining the chain to the rope rode, plus a screw pin shackle for attaching the chain to the anchor shank, so the whole rode assembly is ready to run straight from the box. The anchor is easily detachable from its rode for compact locker storage when not in use. This kit suits sailing, boating, fishing, and general water sports use on small to mid-size boats.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lewmar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 69600906\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnchor Weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal Kit Weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBoat Length Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 18 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRode Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRode Diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3\/8 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRode Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-strand line\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChain Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChain Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 millimeters, calibrated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hot dip galvanized steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor\/Finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Galvanized\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnchor Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fluke anchor, adjustable fluke angle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded Components:\u003c\/strong\u003e Anchor, 100 feet of 3\/8 inch 3-strand rope rode, 5 feet of 6mm calibrated chain, chain-to-rope quick splice, screw pin shackle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20 x 16 x 6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of Items:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size boat is the Lewmar 8 lb. Fluke Anchor Kit designed for?\u003c\/strong\u003e This kit is designed for boats up to 18 feet in length, pairing an 8 pound fluke anchor with a rode sized for that range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat comes included with part number 69600906?\u003c\/strong\u003e The kit includes the 8 pound galvanized fluke anchor, 100 feet of 3\/8 inch 3-strand rope rode, 5 feet of 6mm calibrated chain, a chain-to-rope quick splice, and a screw pin shackle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the anchor in this kit adjustable?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the fluke anchor in the Lewmar 69600906 kit has an adjustable fluke angle so it can be set for different bottom conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat bottom types does this fluke anchor work best in?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Lewmar fluke anchor performs best in mud and sand environments, where its flukes dig in for holding power.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the anchor made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e The anchor and rode hardware in this kit have a hot dip galvanized steel finish for corrosion resistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is the rope rode and what is its diameter?\u003c\/strong\u003e The kit includes 100 feet of premium grade 3\/8 inch 3-strand rope rode.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much chain is included and what size is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 feet of 6mm calibrated chain is included, connected to the rope rode via a quick splice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is the chain connected to the rope rode?\u003c\/strong\u003e A Lewmar Quick Splice joins the 5 feet of chain to the 3-strand rope rode, and a screw pin shackle attaches the chain to the anchor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the anchor be removed from the rode for storage?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the anchor in the 69600906 kit is easily detachable from its rode, making it convenient to stow in a locker.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat activities is this anchor kit suited for?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Lewmar 8 lb. Fluke Anchor Kit is suited for sailing, boating, fishing, and general water sports on boats up to 18 feet.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the full anchor kit weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The complete Lewmar 69600906 kit, including anchor, rode, and chain, weighs 12 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many anchors are included in this kit?\u003c\/strong\u003e The kit includes 1 fluke anchor along with its matched rode and chain.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lewmar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49025134690523,"sku":"LEW-69600906","price":80.28,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/61yCoIByRPL.jpg?v=1785331087"},{"product_id":"lewmar-12-lb-fluke-anchor-kit-69600908","title":"Lewmar 12 Lb Fluke Anchor Kit - 69600908","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Lewmar 12 Lb Fluke Anchor Kit (part number 69600908) is a fluke-style anchor kit built for boaters who need dependable holding power in a compact, easy-to-stow package. Fluke anchors are prized for their light weight relative to their holding capacity and their ability to dig into sand and mud bottoms, making them a popular choice for smaller boats, tenders, and as a secondary or lunch-hook anchor aboard larger vessels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis kit carries the Lewmar name, a manufacturer known for anchoring and deck hardware in the marine industry. The complete kit has a total weight of 14 pounds, and it is sold as part number 69600908.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lewmar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 69600908\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnchor Weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKit Weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCategory:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fluke Anchors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Lewmar 12 Lb Fluke Anchor Kit weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The complete kit weighs 14 pounds, built around a 12 pound fluke anchor, and is sold under Lewmar part number 69600908.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat type of anchor is included in this kit?\u003c\/strong\u003e This kit is built around a fluke-style anchor, a design known for strong holding power relative to its weight in sand and mud bottoms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this a genuine Lewmar product?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the 12 Lb Fluke Anchor Kit is a genuine Lewmar product identified by part number 69600908.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size boat is the Lewmar 12 Lb Fluke Anchor Kit meant for?\u003c\/strong\u003e Boat sizing for this kit is not specified by Lewmar; buyers should size an anchor to their vessel using standard anchor weight guidelines for a 12 pound fluke anchor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the anchor weight the same as the total kit weight?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, the fluke anchor itself is rated at 12 pounds while the complete kit, part number 69600908, has a total shipping weight of 14 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat category does this product fall under?\u003c\/strong\u003e Lewmar part number 69600908 is listed in the Fluke Anchors category.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this anchor be used as a secondary or lunch anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e A 12 pound fluke anchor of this size is commonly used as a primary anchor on small boats or as a secondary or lunch hook on larger vessels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho manufactures part number 69600908?\u003c\/strong\u003e Part number 69600908 is manufactured by Lewmar, a marine anchoring and deck hardware brand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the fluke design affect how well the anchor holds?\u003c\/strong\u003e Fluke anchors, like the Lewmar 12 Lb Fluke Anchor Kit, are designed to dig into sand and mud for strong holding power relative to their compact size and weight.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lewmar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49025134985435,"sku":"LEW-69600908","price":89.82,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/i_bc0974e5-c667-43d4-ac0b-ddebfc3029aa.jpg?v=1785349683"},{"product_id":"greenfield-products-poly-coated-fluke-anchor-white-15-lb-gpi-17","title":"Greenfield Products Poly Coated Fluke Anchor, White, 15 lb, GPI-17","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Greenfield Products GPI-17 is a 15 pound fluke-type anchor finished in a white poly coating, part of the American Yachting Series line of coated marine anchors. Fluke anchors work by digging their flat blades into the seabed, providing reliable holding power for boats at anchor. This unit carries a working load rating of 1,200 pounds and is suited to boats up to 38 feet in winds up to 30 knots.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe poly coating covers the anchor's metal body to guard against the scratches and abrasions that anchors typically cause to hull surfaces, gunwales, and anchor lockers during normal use. The white finish is intended to complement common boat trim colors while providing this same scratch protection. As with other anchors in this coated lineup, the GPI-17 ships at its actual working weight of 15 pounds, so the anchor you receive matches the rated weight used to size it to your boat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Greenfield Products\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e GPI-17\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fluke Anchor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeries:\u003c\/strong\u003e American Yachting Series\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorking Load Limit:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,200 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Boats up to 38 feet in winds up to 30 knots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Poly coated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 025552017047\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Greenfield Products GPI-17 anchor weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The GPI-17 fluke anchor weighs 15 pounds, and it ships at this actual working weight rather than a lighter shipping weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color does the GPI-17 anchor come in?\u003c\/strong\u003e This anchor is finished in white, matched to complement popular boat trim colors while also protecting the coated surface from scratches and abrasion.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size boat is the GPI-17 anchor recommended for?\u003c\/strong\u003e Greenfield rates the GPI-17 for boats up to 38 feet in winds up to 30 knots.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the working load limit of this anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e The GPI-17 fluke anchor has a working load rating of 1,200 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat type of anchor is the GPI-17?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is a fluke-type anchor, a lightweight traditional anchor design that digs its flat blades into the seabed to hold a boat in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy is the GPI-17 anchor coated?\u003c\/strong\u003e The poly coating on the GPI-17 protects the anchor from the scratches and abrasions that anchors normally cause to boats during regular use, while also giving it a finished appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the GPI-17 part of a specific product line?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the GPI-17 belongs to Greenfield Products' American Yachting Series of coated fluke anchors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the part number for this Greenfield anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e This anchor's manufacturer part number is GPI-17.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the anchor's listed weight include packaging?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, the 15 pound weight for the GPI-17 is the anchor's actual working weight as it ships, not a boxed or packaging weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the UPC for the GPI-17 anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Greenfield Products GPI-17 fluke anchor carries UPC 025552017047.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Greenfield Products","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49031102824667,"sku":"G-P-17","price":195.51,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/61pxE4iFxmL.jpg?v=1785208882"},{"product_id":"greenfield-products-gpi-13-fluke-anchor-10-lb-white-coated-yachting-series","title":"Greenfield Products GPI-13 Fluke Anchor, 10 lb, White Coated, Yachting Series","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Greenfield Products GPI-13 is a 10 lb fluke-type anchor from the Yachting Series, finished in white coating designed to protect your boat's gelcoat and finish from scuffs and scratches during storage and deployment. Built in the traditional lightweight fluke style, this anchor uses hinged, pivoting flukes that dig into sand, mud, and similar bottom compositions to provide reliable holding power for its weight class. The anchor is undercoated and specially formulated to resist the wear that comes from repeated contact with the hull, bow roller, and anchor locker, making it a practical choice for boat owners who want anchor gear that will not mar their boat's exterior.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 10 lb, the GPI-13 fits boats sized for a lightweight fluke anchor of this class, and its white coated finish sets it apart from standard galvanized or painted anchors by specifically addressing hull-protection concerns. It ships as a single anchor unit, ready to be paired with rode and a shackle for immediate use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Greenfield Products\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e GPI-13\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fluke Anchor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStyle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Traditional lightweight fluke-type anchor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eItem Dimensions (L x W x H):\u003c\/strong\u003e 27 x 19.5 x 6.5 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor\/Finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e White, coated and undercoated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 025552013049\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of Items:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size boat is the GPI-13 anchor meant for?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Greenfield Products GPI-13 is a 10 lb fluke anchor, sized for boats that call for a lightweight anchor in this weight class rather than a heavier plow or claw-style anchor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the GPI-13 a fluke-style or plow-style anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is a traditional lightweight fluke-type anchor, using pivoting flukes that dig into the bottom for holding power, not a plow or claw design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is the GPI-13 anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e It comes in a white coated finish, which is part of the Greenfield Products Yachting Series line.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill this anchor scratch my boat's gelcoat?\u003c\/strong\u003e The white coating on the GPI-13 is specially formulated and undercoated to give full protection to boat finishes, reducing the scuffing that bare or galvanized anchors can cause against the hull and bow roller.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the GPI-13 anchor weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The GPI-13 weighs 10 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the GPI-13 anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Greenfield Products GPI-13 measures 27 x 19.5 x 6.5 inches (L x W x H).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the GPI-13 come with rode or a shackle?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, the GPI-13 ships as the anchor unit only; one anchor is included per package.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the UPC for the Greenfield Products GPI-13 anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e The UPC for the GPI-13 fluke anchor is 025552013049.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the GPI-13 anchor part of a specific product line?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, it is part of Greenfield Products' Yachting Series of anchors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat bottom types does a fluke anchor like the GPI-13 work best in?\u003c\/strong\u003e Traditional fluke-type anchors such as the GPI-13 are designed to pivot and dig into soft bottom compositions like sand and mud for holding power.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Greenfield Products","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49031102890203,"sku":"G-P-13","price":100.86,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/5112D7eXl4L.jpg?v=1785208882"},{"product_id":"greenfield-products-8-yachting-series-poly-coated-fluke-anchor-white-for-boats-up-to-24-feet","title":"Greenfield Products #8 Yachting Series Poly-Coated Fluke Anchor, White, for Boats up to 24 Feet","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Greenfield Products GPI-8 is a traditional lightweight fluke-type anchor from the American Yachting Series, built for boats up to 24 feet. It is made of solid steel and coated in a \"no mar\" plastisol coating that protects your boat's finish from the scratches and abrasions that come with normal anchor use. The coating is undercoated first for extra adhesion, so it holds up to repeated handling and storage aboard.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe anchor is self-releasing, lightweight, and easy to store, making it a practical choice for boaters who need dependable holding power without extra bulk on deck. It carries a working load rating of 600 lbs and is rated to hold a 24 foot boat in winds up to 30 knots. The white finish is designed to complement popular boat trim colors, so the anchor looks as good as it performs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAs part of the Yachting Series lineup, the #8 size (GPI-8) is one of several coated fluke anchor sizes offered by Greenfield Products, letting boaters match anchor size to their specific boat length.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Greenfield Products\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e GPI-8\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Category:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fluke Anchors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeries:\u003c\/strong\u003e American Yachting Series\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize Designation:\u003c\/strong\u003e #8\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Solid steel with plastisol coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eItem Dimensions (L x W x H):\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 x 18 x 23 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Dimensions (L x W x H):\u003c\/strong\u003e 23 x 18 x 4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorking Load:\u003c\/strong\u003e 600 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBoat Size Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 24 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWind Rating:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30 knots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 025552008045\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size boat is the Greenfield Products GPI-8 anchor designed for?\u003c\/strong\u003e The GPI-8 fluke anchor is designed for boats up to 24 feet, rated to hold in winds up to 30 knots.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the GPI-8 anchor coated or bare steel?\u003c\/strong\u003e The GPI-8 is made of solid steel coated in a plastisol \"no mar\" coating, undercoated first for extra adhesion, rather than left as bare steel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the working load of this anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Greenfield Products #8 Yachting Series anchor (GPI-8) has a working load rating of 600 lbs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color does the GPI-8 fluke anchor come in?\u003c\/strong\u003e This anchor is finished in white, chosen to complement popular boat trim colors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the GPI-8 anchor weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The GPI-8 fluke anchor weighs 6 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the Greenfield Products #8 anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e The GPI-8 measures 4 x 18 x 23 inches (L x W x H) as an individual item.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the coating on this anchor scratch my boat's hull or deck?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, the plastisol coating on the GPI-8 is specifically designed to protect your boat's finish from the scratches and abrasions that occur with normal anchor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the GPI-8 easy to store on board?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the GPI-8 fluke anchor is lightweight, self-releasing, and easy to store.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does the #8 in the product name mean?\u003c\/strong\u003e The #8 designation identifies this anchor's size within the Greenfield Products American Yachting Series coated fluke anchor lineup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat wind conditions is the GPI-8 anchor rated for?\u003c\/strong\u003e The GPI-8 is rated to hold a 24 foot boat in winds up to 30 knots.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the fluke on the GPI-8 anchor made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e The fluke and body of the GPI-8 anchor are made of solid steel, coated in plastisol for protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the GPI-8 part of a series of anchor sizes?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the GPI-8 is the #8 size in Greenfield Products' American Yachting Series of coated fluke anchors, which is offered in multiple sizes to match different boat lengths.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Greenfield Products","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49031102922971,"sku":"G-P-08","price":106.03,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/5112D7eXl4L_6cd87a8d-4438-45b1-aa26-120b8db33ed7.jpg?v=1785208882"},{"product_id":"greenfield-products-508-vinyl-coated-mushroom-anchor-8-pound-cast-iron-black","title":"Greenfield Products 508 Vinyl-Coated Mushroom Anchor, 8 Pound Cast Iron, Black","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Greenfield Products 508 is a traditional cast iron mushroom anchor finished with a black vinyl (PVC) coating for added protection and easy handling. Its mushroom shape settles into soft bottom conditions and creates suction-based holding power, making it a dependable choice for light-duty anchoring rather than high-load holding in hard or rocky bottoms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis anchor is sized for small craft, personal watercraft (PWC), canoes, and kayaks, and it also works well as a second anchor aboard larger boats. Beyond primary anchoring, the 508 doubles as a drag anchor for fishing in current and can be used to hold small buoys or markers in place. It is designed for boats under 10 feet and has a working weight of 7 to 8 pounds, with a recommended scope (anchor line length to water depth) ratio of 5:1. Because weights can vary slightly with metal and coating content, listed weight is approximate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBuilt from solid cast iron for long-term durability, the black vinyl coating helps resist scuffing on hulls and decks and reduces the risk of rust transfer compared to bare cast iron. It is best suited to calm to moderately soft conditions and light-duty use rather than heavy current or rocky seabeds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Greenfield Products\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 508\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cast Iron\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCoating:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vinyl (PVC), Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorking Weight Range:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7 to 8 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Scope Ratio:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5:1 (line feet to depth feet)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Boat Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e Under 10 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 025552508019\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size boat is the Greenfield Products 508 mushroom anchor designed for?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Greenfield Products 508 is designed for boats under 10 feet, making it suited to small craft such as kayaks, canoes, and personal watercraft.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does this anchor weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Greenfield Products 508 has a working weight of 7 to 8 pounds; listed weight is approximate since it can vary slightly with metal and coating content.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is this anchor made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is made of solid cast iron with a black vinyl (PVC) coating that helps protect against scuffing and rust transfer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the 508 anchor be used on a larger boat?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Greenfield Products 508 mushroom anchor can be used as a second anchor on larger boats in addition to its primary role on smaller craft.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this anchor suitable for holding a boat in current?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 508 mushroom anchor is recommended for soft conditions and light-duty holding; it also works well as a drag anchor for fishing in current rather than as a primary anchor in strong current.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat scope (line-to-depth ratio) should I use with this anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e A scope ratio of 5:1 is recommended for the Greenfield Products 508, meaning 5 feet of anchor line for every foot of water depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use this anchor to hold a buoy or marker in place?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the 508 mushroom anchor is suitable for holding small buoys or markers in addition to anchoring small craft.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the vinyl coating wear off over time?\u003c\/strong\u003e The black vinyl (PVC) coating on the Greenfield Products 508 is applied over cast iron to resist scuffing and reduce rust exposure during normal anchoring use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat bottom conditions work best with a mushroom anchor like this one?\u003c\/strong\u003e Mushroom anchors such as the Greenfield 508 perform best in soft bottom conditions, where the shape settles in and creates holding suction, rather than hard or rocky bottoms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Greenfield 508 a good fit for kayaks and canoes?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the 508 mushroom anchor is sized and weighted specifically for small craft including kayaks, canoes, and personal watercraft.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat comes with the anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Greenfield Products 508 is the mushroom anchor itself, cast iron with a black vinyl coating; anchor line is not included.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Greenfield Products","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49031103283419,"sku":"G-P-508","price":26.96,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/51y4ok7Df5L.jpg?v=1785208891"},{"product_id":"greenfield-products-8-lb-mushroom-anchor-blue-coated-model-508-r-lake-and-river-anchor","title":"Greenfield Products 8 lb Mushroom Anchor, Blue Coated, Model 508-R, Lake and River Anchor","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Greenfield Products 508-R is an 8 pound mushroom anchor finished in a blue protective coating, built for holding small boats, canoes, kayaks, jon boats, and other light craft in calm lake and river conditions. The mushroom shape is designed to settle into soft bottoms such as mud, silt, and sand, where the inverted bell profile digs in and resists dragging better than a simple weight of the same size. This makes it a popular choice for anglers and paddlers who need dependable holding power in protected water without the bulk of a fluke-style anchor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 508-R is coated for corrosion resistance and to protect the deck, hull, and hands during handling and storage, and the blue finish also makes the anchor easy to spot in a gear locker or on a dock. At 8 pounds, it falls into the lighter end of the mushroom anchor range, suited to smaller boats and calmer inland waters rather than open water or heavy current. It is intended for use with an appropriately sized anchor line, sold separately, attached through the integrated eye at the top of the anchor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Greenfield Products\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 508-R\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8# Mushroom Coated Blue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnchor Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mushroom\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish\/Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Blue coated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCategory:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lake and River Anchors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 025552508033\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size boat is the Greenfield 508-R mushroom anchor made for?\u003c\/strong\u003e At 8 pounds, the Greenfield Products 508-R mushroom anchor is sized for small boats, canoes, kayaks, and jon boats used in calm lake and river conditions rather than larger or open-water vessels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat bottom types does this mushroom anchor work best on?\u003c\/strong\u003e The mushroom shape of the 508-R is designed to settle and hold in soft bottoms such as mud, silt, and sand, which is typical of protected lake and river settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Greenfield 508-R anchor coated?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the 508-R is finished with a blue protective coating that helps resist corrosion and protects the boat and hands during handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the 8# Mushroom Coated Blue anchor include a rope or chain?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 508-R is the anchor itself; anchor line is sold separately and attaches through the integrated eye at the top of the anchor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Greenfield 508-R mushroom anchor weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e It weighs exactly 8 pounds, as reflected in its model number, 508-R.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs a mushroom anchor a good choice for river current?\u003c\/strong\u003e Mushroom anchors like the 508-R are best suited to calm lake and river conditions with soft bottoms; they are not intended for heavy current or open water where a fluke or plow style anchor holds better.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the UPC for the Greenfield Products 508-R anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Greenfield Products 8# Mushroom Coated Blue anchor, part number 508-R, carries UPC 025552508033.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the 508-R mushroom anchor be used for canoes and kayaks?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, its 8 pound weight and mushroom design make the 508-R well suited for anchoring canoes, kayaks, and similar small craft in calm water.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is the Greenfield 508-R anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 508-R is finished in blue, which also makes it easy to identify in storage or on deck.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat category does the 508-R anchor fall under?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Greenfield Products 508-R is listed as a Lake and River Anchor, reflecting its intended use in calm inland waters.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Greenfield Products","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49031103316187,"sku":"G-P-508-R","price":26.96,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/i_a80bd706-2b42-4512-9680-eb11dfc3a8be.jpg?v=1785350953"},{"product_id":"greenfield-products-510-black-coated-mushroom-anchor-10-pound-capacity-for-kayaks-canoes-pwc-and-small-boats","title":"Greenfield Products 510 Black Coated Mushroom Anchor - 10 Pound Capacity for Kayaks, Canoes, PWC and Small Boats","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Greenfield Products 510 is a cast iron mushroom anchor with a black protective coating, built to hold small watercraft securely in soft bottom conditions. Its inverted-bell shape settles into sand, mud, or silt to create suction-based holding power, making it a reliable choice for light-duty anchoring where a lightweight, easy-to-stow anchor is preferred over a heavier fluke-style design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis 10 pound anchor is sized for small craft, personal watercraft (PWC), canoes, and kayaks, and also works well as a second anchor aboard larger boats or as a drag anchor for fishing in current. It is suitable for holding small buoys and markers in place. The anchor is recommended for boats under 12 feet in soft anchoring conditions, and stores easily thanks to its compact, rounded profile. A recommended scope ratio of 5:1 (5 feet of line for every 1 foot of water depth) should be used when setting the anchor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe black coating protects the cast iron body from corrosion and wear during regular use and storage. As with any cast metal anchor, actual weight can vary slightly depending on the metal and coating content, so listed weight is approximate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Greenfield Products\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 510\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mushroom Anchor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cast Iron\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish\/Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black Coated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10 pound capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eItem Dimensions (L x W x H):\u003c\/strong\u003e 7.25 x 7 x 7 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Scope Ratio:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5:1 (line feet to depth feet)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Small craft, PWC, canoes, kayaks, boats under 12 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 025552510012\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Greenfield Products 510 mushroom anchor used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 510 is a 10 pound cast iron mushroom anchor designed for small craft, personal watercraft (PWC), canoes, and kayaks, and it also works as a secondary anchor on larger boats or as a drag anchor for fishing in current.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size boat is this anchor recommended for?\u003c\/strong\u003e This mushroom anchor is recommended for boats under 12 feet in soft anchoring conditions such as sand, mud, or silt.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the anchor weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Greenfield Products 510 weighs 10 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the 510 mushroom anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e The anchor measures 7.25 x 7 x 7 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the anchor made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is made of cast iron with a black protective coating to help resist corrosion during use and storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the weight ever vary between individual anchors?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, because the anchor is cast metal with a coating, actual weight can vary slightly from unit to unit, so the 10 pound rating is approximate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat line-to-depth ratio should I use when setting this anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e A scope ratio of 5:1 is recommended, meaning 5 feet of anchor line for every 1 foot of water depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this anchor be used to hold a buoy or marker instead of a boat?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the 510 mushroom anchor is also suitable for holding small buoys or markers in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill this anchor hold well on a rocky or hard bottom?\u003c\/strong\u003e This mushroom-style anchor is recommended for soft conditions like sand, mud, or silt, and light duty holding rather than rocky or hard bottoms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this anchor suitable as a primary anchor or a backup?\u003c\/strong\u003e It can serve either role: it is sized as a primary anchor for small craft like kayaks and canoes, and as a second anchor on larger boats.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the mushroom shape help it hold position?\u003c\/strong\u003e The inverted-bell mushroom shape settles into and creates suction with soft bottom material, giving it holding power in sand, mud, or silt.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the anchor come with any additional hardware included?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Greenfield Products 510 is the anchor itself; it does not include anchor line, chain, or a shackle.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Greenfield Products","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49031103348955,"sku":"G-P-510","price":28.98,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/51_kcipj5ML.jpg?v=1785208894"},{"product_id":"greenfield-products-510-r-cast-iron-mushroom-anchor-10-lb-royal-blue","title":"Greenfield Products 510-R Cast Iron Mushroom Anchor, 10 lb, Royal Blue","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Greenfield Products 510-R is a 10 pound cast iron mushroom anchor finished in royal blue, built to hold small craft steady in soft bottom conditions such as mud or sand. Its flared, bell-shaped design lets the anchor settle into soft substrate and create suction-based holding power rather than relying on flukes to dig in, which makes it a straightforward, low-maintenance choice for boats under 12 feet, personal watercraft, canoes, and kayaks. It also works well as a second anchor aboard larger boats, as a drag anchor for fishing in current, or as a mooring weight for holding small buoys and markers in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause the anchor has no moving parts or flukes to foul, it stores easily and deploys quickly, making it a popular choice for boaters who want a simple, reliable anchoring solution for light-duty use. Recommended scope is 5:1 (5 feet of line for every 1 foot of water depth) to achieve proper holding angle. As with any cast metal product, actual weight can vary slightly due to metal and coating content, and the 10 pound figure listed is the standard approximate weight for this size.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Greenfield Products\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 510-R\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cast Iron\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor\/Finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Royal Blue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Scope:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5:1 (line feet to depth feet)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Boat Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Under 12 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrimary Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mushroom anchor for small craft, PWC, canoes, kayaks; also usable as a drag anchor or mooring weight for buoys and markers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat boat sizes is the Greenfield 510-R mushroom anchor designed for?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Greenfield Products 510-R is recommended for boats under 12 feet, including personal watercraft, canoes, and kayaks, and it can also serve as a second anchor aboard larger boats.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the 510-R mushroom anchor weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 510-R weighs 10 pounds, though actual weight can vary slightly due to normal differences in metal and coating content.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the Greenfield 510-R anchor made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is made from cast iron, which gives the mushroom shape the density needed to settle into soft bottom conditions and hold position.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is the 510-R anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e This anchor is finished in royal blue, as reflected in the 510-R part number designation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat scope of anchor line should I use with this anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e Greenfield recommends a 5:1 scope for the 510-R, meaning 5 feet of anchor line for every 1 foot of water depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the 510-R be used for anything besides anchoring a boat?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Greenfield 510-R mushroom anchor can double as a drag anchor for fishing in current, or as a weight for holding small buoys and markers in position.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the 510-R mushroom anchor work in all bottom conditions?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 510-R is recommended for soft bottom conditions such as mud or sand and is best suited to light-duty anchoring rather than rocky or hard bottoms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the 510-R a good primary anchor for larger boats?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is intended for light-duty use and boats under 12 feet, so on larger boats it is best used as a secondary anchor rather than the primary anchor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the mushroom shape of the 510-R have flukes like a traditional anchor?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, the Greenfield 510-R has a smooth mushroom (bell) shape with no flukes, which lets it settle into soft bottom and store easily without parts that can foul.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy might the actual weight of my 510-R anchor differ slightly from 10 pounds?\u003c\/strong\u003e Weights on cast mushroom anchors like the 510-R can vary slightly because of natural differences in metal and coating content during casting; the 10 pound figure is the standard approximate weight.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Greenfield Products","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49031103381723,"sku":"G-P-510-R","price":28.98,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/51mrWNX2IfL.jpg?v=1785208894"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/collections\/51X2MTOaxiL.jpg?v=1785356496","url":"https:\/\/www.goodvibesmarina.com\/collections\/gvcat-anchoring-mooring-anchors-fluke-plow-mushroom-claw-anchors.oembed","provider":"Good Vibes Marina","version":"1.0","type":"link"}